13 V.I.C. § 1Incorporators; Purposes
Three or more natural persons of lawful age may unite together by articles of incorporation to form a stock
corporation, for any lawful business purpose or purposes not excluded from the operation of this chapter.
13 V.I.C. § 2Articles of Incorporation; Contents; Definition
(a) The articles of incorporation shall set forth -
(1) the name of the corporation, which shall not be the same as, nor so similar as to cause confusion
with, the name of any other domestic corporation or foreign corporation admitted to do business in the
United States Virgin Islands, and which shall be such as to indicate that it is a corporation as
distinguished from a natural person or partnership;
(2) the purpose or purposes for which the corporation is formed;
(3) if the corporation is to be authorized to issue only one class of stock, the total number of shares of
stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue and (A) the par value of each of such shares,
or (B) a statement that all such shares are to be without par value; or, if the corporation is to be
authorized to issue more than one class of stock, the total number of shares of all classes of stock
which the corporation shall have authority to issue and (A) the number of the shares of each class
thereof that are to have a par value and the par value of each share of each such class, and/or (B) the
number of such shares that are to be without par value, and (C) a statement of all or any of the
designations and the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions
thereof, which are permitted by the provisions of section 91 of this title in respect of any class or
classes of stock of the corporation and the fixing of which by the articles of incorporation is desired,
and an express grant of such authority as it may then be desired to grant to the board of directors to
fix by resolution or resolutions any thereof that may be desired but which shall not be fixed by the
articles;
(4) the minimum amount of capital with which the corporation will commence business, which shall
not be less than $1,000;
(5) the name of, and street address in, the town in which its principal office or place of business is to
be located in the Virgin Islands, and the name of its resident agent, which agent may be either an
individual or a corporation;
(6) the period for which the corporation shall exist, if its life is limited;
(7) the number of directors, which shall not be less than three, or a statement that the bylaws shall set
the number of directors, which shall not be less than three; and
(8) the names and places of residence of the persons forming the corporation.
(b) In addition to the matter required to be set forth by subsection (a) of this section, the articles of
incorporation may also contain -
(1) any provision, not inconsistent with this chapter, regulating the business and conduct of the affairs
of the corporation and limiting its powers, and the power of its directors and stockholders, not
exempting them, however, from any obligation nor from the performance of any duty, imposed by law;
(2) such provisions as may be desired limiting or denying to the stockholders the preemptive right to
subscribe to any or all additional issues of stock of the corporation of any or all classes;
(3) provisions requiring for any corporate action the vote of a larger proportion of the stock of any
class thereof than is required by this chapter; and
(4) such provisions as may be desired eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors to the
corporation or its shareholders for damages for any breach of duty in such capacity, provided that no
such provision shall eliminate or limit:
(A) the liability of any director if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to him establishes
that his acts or omissions were in bad faith or involved intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law or that he personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which
he was not legally entitled, or
(B) the liability of any director for any act or omission prior to the adoption of a provision
authorized by this paragraph.
(c) As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, "articles of incorporation" includes all
certificates filed pursuant to sections 3, 52, 53, 54, 55, 97, 103 and 221-223 of this title and any agreement
of consolidation of merger filed pursuant to sections 251 and 252 of this title.
History: Amended Aug. 17, 1993, No. 5880, § 4(a)(1), Sess. L. 1993, p. 165.
13 V.I.C. § 3Execution and Filing of Articles of Incorporation
(a) The articles of incorporation shall be made in duplicate originals, each signed by each of the
incorporators and acknowledged by at least three of them before any officer authorized to take the
acknowledgment of deeds.
(b) One such original shall be filed in the St. Thomas or St. Croix office of the Lieutenant Governor, and the
second shall be retained in the possession of the corporation.
(c) The original filed in the Office of the Lieutenant Governor, and all papers subsequently filed with
respect to such corporation, shall be entered and indexed, by the officer with whom filed, in a book to be
kept by him for that purpose.
History: Amended Sept. 25, 1984, No. 4990, § 2(g), Sess. L. 1984, p. 244; Oct. 21, 1988, No. 5369, § 4(a)
(1)-(3), Sess. L. 1988, p. 257.
13 V.I.C. § 4Composite Articles of Incorporation
The Lieutenant Governor shall prepare and furnish upon request therefor a certified composite of the
articles of incorporation which shall contain only such provisions as are in effect at the time of request by
reason of the certificates and agreements referred to in subsection (c) of section 2 of this title. The
Lieutenant Governor shall make in each case such reasonable charge therefor as he deems proper.
13 V.I.C. § 5Evidence of Existence
A copy of the articles of incorporation or a composite of the articles of incorporation, certified by the
Lieutenant Governor under his hand and seal of office, stating that the articles have been filed, shall be
evidence in all courts and in any administrative proceeding in the United States Virgin Islands.
13 V.I.C. § 6Commencement of Corporate Existence
Upon the filing of the articles of incorporation and the payment of the fee, all as provided for in this
chapter, the persons who have duly executed the articles, and their successors, shall, from the date of such
filing, be a body corporate and politic in fact and in law in the name stated in the articles of incorporation,
and by such corporate name shall have succession for the time stated in such articles.
13 V.I.C. § 7Powers of Incorporators; Management Prior to Election of Directors
Until the directors are elected, the signers of the articles of incorporation shall direct the affairs and the
organization of the corporation, and may take such steps as are proper to obtain the necessary
subscriptions to stock and to perfect the organization of the corporation, including the election of officers.
13 V.I.C. § 8First Meeting
(a) The first meeting of every corporation may be called by any of the persons signing the articles of
incorporation upon not less than thirty days prior notice to each of the incorporators. Such notice shall
designate the time and place of the meeting, which may be within or without the United States Virgin
Islands, and shall state the purpose for which the meeting is called. The notice shall be delivered,
personally or by depositing postpaid in the mail properly addressed, to each incorporator.
(b) If all the incorporators sign a written waiver of notice and fix a time and place of meeting, then no
notice as required by subsection (a) of this section shall be required.
(c) The first meeting shall be held within one year of the filing of the articles of incorporation or the
corporation shall ipso facto be dissolved.
13 V.I.C. § 9Bylaws
The original bylaws of a corporation may be adopted by the incorporators. Thereafter, the stockholders of
any corporation formed under this chapter shall have the power to make, alter or repeal bylaws for the
management of the affairs of the corporation, not inconsistent with the provisions of this chapter, or of
other existing laws. The articles of incorporation may, however, vest in the board of directors the authority
to make and to adopt bylaws, subject to the right of a majority of the stockholders to amend, repeal, alter,
or modify such bylaws at any regular meeting, or at any special meeting called for such purpose.
13 V.I.C. § 31General Powers
In addition to the powers enumerated in section 32 of this title, every corporation, its officers, directors,
and stockholders, shall possess and exercise all the powers and privileges conferred by this chapter, and
the powers expressly given in its articles so far as the same are necessary or convenient to the attainment
of the objects set forth in such articles. Every corporation shall be governed by the provisions and be
subject to the restrictions and liabilities contained in this chapter, so far as the same are appropriate to and
not inconsistent with its charter or the act under which the corporation was formed. No corporation shall
possess or exercise any other corporate powers, except such incidental powers as are necessary to the
exercise of the power so given.
13 V.I.C. § 32Specific Powers
Every corporation created under the provisions of this chapter shall have power to-
(1) have succession, by its corporate name, for the time stated in its articles of incorporation, and when no
period is stated, it shall be perpetual;
(2) sue and be sued by its corporate name the same as a natural person in any court having jurisdiction;
(3) have a corporate seal, which may be altered at pleasure, and to use the same by causing it or a
facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise;
(4) hold, purchase, convey, sell and mortgage real and personal property subject to such limitations as shall
be prescribed by law; including, with respect to the power to hold real and personal property, the power to
take the same by devise or bequest;
(5) appoint such officers, agents and servants as the business of the corporation requires and to define
their powers, prescribe their duties and fix their compensation;
(6) make bylaws not inconsistent with the laws of the United States Virgin Islands, fixing and altering the
number of its directors for the management of its property, the regulation and government of its affairs and
for the certification and transfer of its stock with penalties for the breach thereof of not more than $20;
(7) wind up and dissolve itself, or to be wound up and dissolved in the manner provided for in this chapter;
(8) conduct business within and without the United States Virgin Islands, and have one or more offices
without the United States Virgin Islands, and hold, purchase, mortgage and convey real and personal
property both within and without the United States Virgin Islands;
(9) make donations for the public welfare or for charitable, scientific or educational purposes, but only out
of surplus; and
(10) indemnify any and all of its directors or officers or former directors or officers or any person who may
have served at its request as a director or officer of another corporation of which it owns shares of capital
stock or of which it is a creditor against expenses actually and necessarily incurred by them in connection
with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding in which they, or any of them, are made parties, or a
party, by reason of being or having been directors or officers or a director or officer of the corporation, or
of such other corporation, except in relation to matters described in subparagraph (4)(A) or (B) of section
2(b) of this title or as to which any such director or officer or former director or officer or former director
or officer or person shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding to be liable for negligence or
misconduct in the performance of duty. Such indemnification shall not be deemed exclusive of any other
rights to which those indemnified may be entitled, under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders, or
otherwise.
History: Amended Aug. 17, 1993, No. 5880, § 4(a)(3), Sess. L. 1993, p. 165.
13 V.I.C. § 33Powers With Respect to Securities of Other Corporations
Any corporation organized under the laws of the United States Virgin Islands may, when the directors
deem it reasonably necessary or convenient in connection with the conduct of the corporation's business,
guarantee, purchase, hold, sell, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, the shares of
the capital stock of, or any bonds, securities or evidence of indebtedness created by, any other corporation
of the United States Virgin Islands or any state, country, nation or government, and while owner of such
stock may exercise all the rights, powers and privileges of ownership including the right to vote thereon.
13 V.I.C. § 34Banking Powers Reserved
(a) No corporation created under the provisions of this chapter shall, by any implication or construction, be
deemed to possess the power of issuing bills, notes, or other evidences of debt for circulation as money, or
the power of carrying on the business of receiving deposits of money, or the business of buying gold and
silver bullion or foreign coins.
(b) Corporations created or to be created under the provisions of this chapter, or created under the
provisions of any prior general corporation law of the United States Virgin Islands to buy, sell and
otherwise deal in notes, open accounts and other similar evidences of debt as collateral security therefor,
shall not be construed as engaging in the business of banking.
13 V.I.C. § 51Principal Office and Resident Agent In United States Virgin Islands
Every corporation shall maintain a principal office or place of business in the United States Virgin Islands
and shall have a resident agent in charge thereof, who may be an officer of the corporation, or an
individual resident in, or a corporation located in the United States Virgin Islands on whom service of legal
process against the corporation can be made.
13 V.I.C. § 52Change of Location of Principal Office; Change of Resident Agent
The board of directors of any corporation organized under the laws of the United States Virgin Islands may
change the location of the principal office or place of business of the corporation within the United States
Virgin Islands to any other place within the United States Virgin Islands by resolution adopted at a regular
or special meeting of the board. By like resolution, the resident agent of a corporation may be changed to
any other individual or corporation. In either such case, the resolution shall be as detailed in its statement
as is provided in subsection (a)(5) of section 2 of this title. Upon the filing of two copies of such resolution
in the office of the Lieutenant Governor, each signed by the president or vice-president and the secretary
or an assistant secretary of the corporation and sealed with its corporate seal, the Lieutenant Governor
shall certify one copy under his hand and seal of office and the certified copy shall be filed in the office of
the clerk of the district court in the judicial division in which the articles of incorporation are filed. If the
resolution changes the location of the principal office or place of business from one judicial division to the
other judicial division, the clerk of the district court shall transfer to, file and index in his office in such
other division all certificates and other papers relating to such corporation theretofore on file with him. For
filing the certificate, the Lieutenant Governor shall charge the fee prescribed in section 431(a)(10) of this
title.
13 V.I.C. § 53Change of Address of Resident Agent
The location of the office of any resident agent of corporations in any town of the United States Virgin
Islands may be transferred from one address to another in the same town, or in another town in the United
States Virgin Islands, upon the making and executing by such resident agent of a certificate, duly
acknowledged before an officer authorized to authenticate signatures, setting forth the names of all
corporations represented by such agent, and the address at which such resident agent has maintained the
principal office or place of business for each of such corporations, and further certifying to the new address
to which such resident agency will be transferred on a given day, and at which new address such resident
agent will thereafter maintain the principal office or place of business for each of the corporations recited
in the certificate. Upon the filing of such certificate, in duplicate, with the Lieutenant Governor, the
Lieutenant Governor shall certify one copy under his hand and seal of office, and the certified copy shall be
filed in the office of the clerk of the district court in the judicial division in which the corporation maintains
its principal office in the United States Virgin Islands, and thereafter or until further change of address, as
authorized by law, the principal office in the United States Virgin Islands of each of the corporations
recited in the certificate shall be located at the new address of the resident agent thereof as given in the
certificate. The fees to be charged by the Lieutenant Governor for the filing of the certificate shall be those
prescribed in section 431(a)(11) of this title.
13 V.I.C. § 54Resignation of Resident Agent Coupled With Appointment of a
Successor
The resident agent of one or more corporations, organized and operating under the laws of the United
States Virgin Islands, may make and file with the Lieutenant Governor, his or its certificate, in duplicate,
resigning the office of resident agent and appointing another individual or corporation as resident agent in
his or its stead, and stating further the address of the substituted agent in accordance with the
requirements of subsection (a)(5) of section 2 of this title. There shall be attached to each such certificate
statements ratifying and approving such change of resident agent. Each such statement shall be executed
in duplicate, shall be signed by the president or vice-president of each corporation for which such agent
was appointed and sealed with the corporate seal thereof, and shall be duly acknowledged before an officer
authorized to authenticate signatures. Upon the filing of such duplicate certificates and accompanying
statements in the office of the Lieutenant Governor the substituted agent shall thereupon become the
resident agent of such corporations as have ratified and approved such substitution as aforesaid; and the
Lieutenant Governor shall then issue his certificate that the substituted resident agent has become the
resident agent of the corporations so ratifying and approving such change of resident agent, and setting
out the names of such corporations. The certificate of the Lieutenant Governor shall be filed in the office of
the clerk of the district court in the judicial division in which the articles of incorporation are filed, and the
clerk shall forthwith make a note of the change of resident agent in the index of the articles of
incorporation of those corporations which have ratified and approved such change. For filing such
certificates of change of resident agent the Lieutenant Governor shall charge the fees prescribed in section
431(a)(12) of this title.
13 V.I.C. § 55Resignation of Resident Agent Not Coupled With Appointment of
Successor
(a) The resident agent of one or more corporations, organized and existing under the laws of the United
States Virgin Islands, may make and file with the Lieutenant Governor his or its written resignation, in
duplicate, of the office of resident agent without appointing any individual or corporation as resident agent
in his or its stead; but such resignation shall not become effective until 30 days after the certificate is filed.
There shall be attached to each copy of such written resignation, an affidavit of such resident agent, if an
individual, or of the president or secretary thereof, if a corporation, that at least 30 days prior to the date
of the filing of such resignation, due notice was sent by registered mail to the corporation for which such
resident agent was acting, at the principal office thereof outside the United States Virgin Islands, if known
to such resident agent, or, if not, to the last known address of the attorney or other individual at whose
request such resident agent was appointed for such corporation, of the resignation of such resident agent.
(b) For the filing of such written resignation the Lieutenant Governor shall charge the fee prescribed in
section 431(a)(13) of this title, and upon the filing of such resignation with the Lieutenant Governor, the
Lieutenant Governor shall notify the clerk of the district court of the resignation of its resident agent as set
forth in such written resignation and the clerk of the district court shall forthwith make a note of the
resignation of such resident agent in the index of the articles of incorporation of such corporation.
(c) After receipt of the notice of the resignation of its resident agent, provided for in subsection (a) of this
section, the corporation for which such resident agent was acting shall obtain and designate a new resident
agent to take the place of the resident agent so resigning in the same manner as is provided in section 52
of this title for change of resident agent, and if such corporation fails to obtain and designate a new
resident agent as aforesaid, prior to the expiration of the period of 30 days after the filing by the resident
agent of the written resignation, such facts shall be duly certified by the Lieutenant Governor to the United
States attorney for the Virgin Islands, and the United States attorney shall forthwith commence an action
to avoid such corporation's charter in the district court and such court, upon competent proof of the state
of facts and upon appropriate steps taken in such action, shall decree the charter of such corporation
forfeited.
13 V.I.C. § 61Board of Directors; Management
The business of every corporation organized under this chapter shall be managed by a board of directors,
except as hereinafter or in its articles of incorporation otherwise provided.
13 V.I.C. § 62Number of Directors
(a) The number of directors that constitutes the whole of board is the number fixed from time to time by, or
in the manner provided in the articles of incorporation, or pursuant to authority given in the articles of
incorporation, or in the bylaws; but except as provided in subsection (b), the number of directors may not
be less than three.
(b) In the case of a corporation that has fewer than three shareholders, the number of directors may be
equal to the number of shareholders.
History: Amended Jan. 1, 2012, No. 7265, § 1(1)-(3), Sess. L. 2011, p. 113.
13 V.I.C. § 63Term of Office; Quorum
The directors shall hold office until their successors are respectively elected and qualified, and a majority
of them shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, unless the bylaws shall provide that a
different number shall constitute a quorum, which in no case shall be less than one-third of the total
number of directors nor less than two directors.
13 V.I.C. § 64Filling Vacancies
Whenever any vacancies shall happen among the directors by death, resignation or otherwise, except by
removal and the election of a successor, they shall be filled by appointment by a majority of the remaining
members of the board of directors, though less than a quorum, for the unexpired term of such vacancies.
13 V.I.C. § 65Committees; Designation; Composition; Powers
The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more
committees, each committee to consist of two or more of the directors of the corporation, which to the
extent provided in the resolution or in the bylaws of the corporation, shall have and may exercise the
powers of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may
authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or
committees shall have such name or names as may be stated in the bylaws of the corporation or as may be
determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors.
13 V.I.C. § 66Classes of Directors
The directors of any corporation organized under this chapter may, by the articles of incorporation or any
amendment thereto, or by a vote of the stockholders, be divided into two or three classes: the term of office
of those of the first class to expire at the annual meeting next ensuing; of the second class one year
thereafter; of the third class two years thereafter, and at each annual election held after such classification
and election, directors shall be chosen for a full term, as the case may be, to succeed those whose terms
expire.
13 V.I.C. § 67Effect of Reliance Upon Books of Account, Etc
A director of any corporation organized under the provisions of this chapter, or a member of any committee
designated by the board of directors pursuant to authority conferred by section 65 of this title, shall, in the
performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or reports
made to the corporation by any of its officials, or by an independent certified public accountant, or by an
appraiser selected with reasonable care by the board of directors or by any such committee, or in relying in
good faith upon other records of the corporation.
13 V.I.C. § 67aIndemnification of Officers, Directors, Employees and Agents;
Insurance
(a) A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be
made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the
fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the
request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or
proceeding if:
(1) he acted:
(A) in good faith; and
(B) in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation; and
(2) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to believe his
conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order,
settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a
presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to
be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
(b) A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be
made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to
procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent
of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or
agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses
(including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or
settlement of such action or suit if he acted:
(1) in good faith; and
(2) in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.
However, no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which
such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the
performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which
such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of
liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case such person is fairly and reasonably
entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.
(c) To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation has been successful on the
merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of this
section, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses
(including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.
(d) Any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the
corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the
director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he had met the applicable
standard of conduct set forth in subsections (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made:
(1) by the board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not
parties to such action, suit or proceeding;
(2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so
directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or
(3) by the stockholders.
(e) Expenses incurred in defeating a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the
corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the board
of directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer,
employee or agent to repay such amounts unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be
indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section.
(f) The indemnification provided by this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which
those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or
disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another
capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director,
officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors and administrators of such
person.
(g) A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or
was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such
capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to
indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this section.
(h) For purposes of this section, references to "the corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting
corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a
consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and
authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of
such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this section
with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent
corporation if its separate existence had continued.
History: Added Sept. 25, 1984, No. 4990, § 3, Sess. L. 1984, p. 244.
13 V.I.C. § 67bConsent of Directors In Lieu of Meeting
Except as provided in Title 13, section 779(a) of this Code, unless otherwise restricted by the articles of
incorporation or bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of
directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or
committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the board, or committee.
History: Added Dec. 19, 1984, No. 5032, § 9, Sess. L. 1984, p. 414.
13 V.I.C. § 68Place of Board Meetings
If authorized by the articles of incorporation or the bylaws, meetings of the board of directors may be held
outside the United States Virgin Islands.
13 V.I.C. § 69Officers; Selection, Term, Duties
(a) Every corporation organized under this chapter shall have a president, secretary and treasurer, who
shall be chosen by the directors. The president shall be chosen from among the directors. The secretary
shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and directors in a book to be kept for
that purpose, and perform such other duties that shall be assigned to him. The treasurer may be required
to give bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be provided by the bylaws for the faithful
discharge of his duty.
(b) The corporation may have such other officers and agents as are appropriate, who shall be chosen in
such manner and hold their offices for such terms as are prescribed by the bylaws, or determined by the
board of directors or other governing body, and may secure the fidelity of any or all of such officers by
bond or otherwise.
(c) Any two offices (but not more than two), other than the offices of president and secretary, may be held
by the same person.
(d) A failure to elect annually a president, secretary, treasurer or other officers shall not dissolve a
corporation.
13 V.I.C. § 70Filling Vacancies
Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise, shall be
filled in the manner provided for in the bylaws. In the absence of such provision, the vacancy shall be filled
by the board of directors or other governing body.
13 V.I.C. § 71Loans to Officers and Directors; Liability of Officers
No loans shall be made by a corporation to its officers or directors and no loans shall be made by a
corporation secured by its shares, and if any such loan be made, the officer or officers who make it or
assent thereto shall be jointly and severally liable until the repayment of the sum so loaned with interest.
The provisions of this section shall not apply to corporations organized exclusively as savings and loan
associations.
13 V.I.C. § 72Liability For False Statements As to Condition of Business
If the directors or officers of any corporation organized under this chapter, shall knowingly cause to be
published or give out any written statement or report of the condition or business of the corporation that is
false in any material respect, the officers and directors causing such report or statement to be published,
or given out, or assenting thereto, shall be jointly and severally liable for any loss or damage resulting
therefrom.
13 V.I.C. § 73Duty to Maintain Business and Stock Records
Every corporation formed under this chapter shall maintain-
(1) correct books of account of its business transactions; and
(2) a stock ledger in the form prescribed in section 189 of this title, which ledger shall be kept in the
principal office of the corporation in the United States Virgin Islands and which shall be open daily to any
stockholder for inspection at reasonable times.
13 V.I.C. § 74Liability For Watered Stocks and Bonds and Loans to Stockholders
If any stock or bonds of any corporation be fraudulently issued for property at more than the cash value, or
if a reduction of capital be made in the guise of a loan to stockholders, the directors of the corporation shall
be jointly and severally liable to the creditors of the corporation for any loss or damage arising therefrom.
13 V.I.C. § 91Classes and Series of Stock; Rights, Etc
Every corporation may issue one or more classes of stock or one or more series of stock within any class
thereof, any or all of which classes may be of stock with par value or stock without par value, with such
voting powers, full or limited, or without voting powers and in such series and with such designations,
preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or
restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the articles of incorporation or of any amendment
thereto, or in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such stock adopted by the board of
directors pursuant to authority expressly vested in it by the provisions of the articles of incorporation or of
any amendment thereto, which resolution or resolutions shall be preceded by a determination by the
directors, and include a statement that the directors have determined, that the preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof stated
and expressed therein are under the circumstances prevailing at the time of adopting such resolution or
resolutions fair and equitable to all the existing stockholders. The power to increase or decrease or
otherwise adjust the capital stock as provided in this chapter shall apply to all or any such classes of stock.
13 V.I.C. § 92Redeemable Stock
Any preferred or special stock may be made subject to redemption at such time or times and at such price
or prices and may be issued in such series, with such designations, preferences and relative, participating,
optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as shall be stated and
expressed in the articles of incorporation, or any amendment thereto, or in the resolution or resolutions
providing for the issue of such stock adopted by the board of directors as provided in section 91 of this
title.
13 V.I.C. § 93Dividend Rights of Preferred and Special Stockholders
The holders of preferred or special stock of any class or of any series thereof shall be entitled to receive
dividends at such rates, on such conditions and at such times as shall be stated and expressed in the
articles of incorporation, or in any amendment thereto, or in the resolution or resolutions providing for the
issue of such stock adopted by the board of directors as provided in section 91 of this title, payable in
preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes of stock, and
cumulative or non-cumulative as shall be so stated and expressed. When dividends upon the preferred and
special stocks, if any, to the extent of the preference to which such stocks are entitled, shall have been paid
or declared and set apart for payment, a dividend on the remaining class or classes of stock may then be
paid out of the remaining assets of the corporation available for dividends as elsewhere in this chapter
provided.
13 V.I.C. § 94Rights On Dissolution of Preferred and Special Stockholders
The holders of the preferred or special stock of any class or of any series thereof shall be entitled to such
rights upon the dissolution of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the corporation as shall be stated
and expressed in the articles of incorporation, or any amendment thereto, or in the resolution or
resolutions providing for the issue of such stock adopted by the board of directors as provided in section 91
of this title.
13 V.I.C. § 95Convertible Stock
Any preferred or special stock of any class or of any series thereof may be made convertible into, or
exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any other class
or classes of stock of the corporation at such price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with such
adjustments as shall be stated and expressed or provided for in the articles of incorporation, or in any
amendment thereto, or in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such stock adopted by the
board of directors as provided in section 91 of this title.
13 V.I.C. § 96Statement of Special Rights, Restrictions, Etc., On Stock Certificate
If any corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any
class, the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class
of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights
shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate or certificates which the
corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock.
13 V.I.C. § 97Issuance of Shares With Rights, Restrictions, Etc., Not Set Forth In
the Articles of Incorporation
Before any corporation shall issue any shares of stock of any class or of any series of any class of which the
voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, or the
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, shall not have been set forth in the articles of
incorporation or in any amendment thereto but shall be provided for in a resolution or resolutions adopted
by the board of directors pursuant to authority expressly vested in it by the provisions of the articles of
incorporation or an amendment thereto, a certificate setting forth a copy of such resolution or resolutions
and the number of shares of stock of such class or series shall be made under the seal of the corporation
and signed by the president or a vice-president and by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the
corporation and acknowledged by such president or vice-president before an officer authorized by the laws
of the United States Virgin Islands to take acknowledgments and shall be filed and indexed in the same
manner as articles of incorporation are required to be filed and indexed by the provisions of section 3 of
this title. Unless otherwise provided in any such resolution or resolutions, the number of shares of stock of
any such class or series so set forth in such resolution or resolutions may be increased or decreased (but
not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by a certificate likewise made, signed, filed and
indexed setting forth a statement that a specified increase or decrease therein had been authorized and
directed by a resolution or resolutions likewise adopted by the board of directors. In case the number of
such shares shall be so decreased, the number of shares so specified in the certificate shall resume the
status which they had prior to the adoption of the first resolution or resolutions.
13 V.I.C. § 98Issuance of Stock; Payment
Subject to such additional limitations as may be provided in the articles of incorporation subscriptions to,
or the purchase price of, the capital stock of any corporation organized under this chapter may be paid for,
wholly or partly, by cash, by services actually rendered, or by property; and the stock so issued shall be
declared and taken to be fully paid stock and not liable to any further call, nor shall the holder thereof be
liable for any further payments under the provisions of this chapter. In the absence of actual fraud in the
transaction, the judgment of the directors, as to the value of such services actually rendered or of such
property, shall be conclusive.
13 V.I.C. § 99No Par Stock; Issuance; Price
(a) Shares of capital stock without par value, whether common or preferred or special, may be issued by
the corporation from time to time for such purchase price as fixed from time to time by the board of
directors thereof, unless in the articles of incorporation the power to fix such purchase price shall have
been reserved to the stockholders, in which event such power shall be exercised by the stockholders by
consent in writing or by vote of the holders of record of two-thirds of the total number of shares of each
class of stock then outstanding and entitled to vote in respect thereto, said vote being given at a meeting
called for the purpose in such manner as shall be prescribed by the bylaws. If any shares of stock of the
corporation without par value shall have been subscribed or issued any resolution of the directors or of the
stockholders fixing the purchase price for issue of shares of stock without par value shall be preceded by a
determination by the directors and shall include a statement that the directors or the stockholders as the
case may be have determined that such purchase price under the circumstances prevailing at the time of
adopting such resolution is fair and equitable to all the existing stockholders. Although such power has
been reserved to the stockholders, the directors may nevertheless fix such purchase price for the first issue
of stock, and such issue shall not exceed 10 percent of the whole amount of such stock authorized by the
articles of incorporation.
(b) Any and all shares without par value so issued for which the purchase price so fixed has been paid or
delivered shall be deemed fully paid stock and shall not be liable to any further call or assessments
thereon, and the holders of such shares shall not be liable for any further payments in respect of such
shares under the provision of this chapter.
13 V.I.C. § 100Determination of the Amount of Capital
The capital of any corporation having capital stock shall be an amount at least equal to the sum of the
aggregate par value of all issued shares having par value, plus the aggregate amount of the purchase price
received by the corporation for the issue of shares without par value, plus such amounts as, from time to
time, by resolution of the board of directors, may be transferred thereto. The excess, if any, at any given
time of the total net assets of the corporation over the amount so determined to be capital shall be surplus.
13 V.I.C. § 101Statements of Amount of Par Value and of Authorized Or Issued
Shares
In any case in which the law requires that the par value of the shares of the capital stock of a corporation
be stated in any certificate or paper, it shall be stated in respect of any shares without par value that such
shares are without par value and wherever the amount of the authorized or issued capital stock of the
corporation is required to be stated and the corporation shall have any shares without par value, it shall be
sufficient to state the total number of shares authorized or issued, as the case may be, the number and par
value of shares having a par value and the number of shares without par value.
13 V.I.C. § 102Partly Paid Shares
Any corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the
remainder of the purchase price to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of the certificates issued to
represent any such partly paid shares the total amount of the purchase price to be paid therefor and the
amount paid thereon shall be specified. The corporation may declare and pay dividends upon any such
shares upon the basis of the percentage of the purchase price actually paid thereon.
13 V.I.C. § 103Rights and Options Respecting Stock
Subject to any provisions in respect thereof set forth in the articles of incorporation every corporation may
create and issue, whether or not in connection with the issue and sale of any shares of stock or other
securities of the corporation, rights or options entitling the holders thereof to purchase from the
corporation any shares of its capital stock of any class or classes, such rights or options to be evidenced by
or in such instrument or instruments as shall be approved by the board of directors. The terms upon which,
the time or times, which may be not more than fifteen years in duration, at or within which, and the price
or prices at which any such shares may be purchased from the corporation upon the exercise of any such
rights or options shall be such as shall be fixed and stated in the articles of incorporation or in any
amendment thereto, or in a resolution or resolutions adopted by the board of directors providing for the
creation and issue of such rights or options, and, in every case, set forth or incorporated by reference in
the instrument or instruments evidencing such rights or options. Options to convert shares of stock of the
corporation into its shares of another class or to convert bonds or notes of the corporation into shares of its
stock may be unlimited in duration. No resolution of the directors providing for creation or issue of such
rights or options under this section shall be valid unless a certified copy thereof shall be filed in the office
of the Lieutenant Governor and in the office of the clerk of the district court in the judicial division in which
the articles of incorporation are filed within fifteen days after the adoption thereof. Any such resolution
shall be preceded by a determination by the directors and shall include a statement that the directors have
determined that the terms of such rights or options under the circumstances prevailing at the time of
adopting such resolution are fair and equitable to all the existing stockholders. In case the shares of stock
of the corporation to be issued upon the exercise of such rights or option shall be shares having par value,
the price or prices so to be received therefor shall not be less than the par value thereof. In case the shares
of stock so to be issued shall be shares of stock without par value the price or prices therefor shall be
determined in the manner provided in section 99 of this title for the fixing of the purchase price for the
issue of such stock. No corporation shall create or issue rights or options under this section which shall
entitle the holders thereof to purchase in the aggregate from the corporation shares of stock which upon
issue thereof would constitute more than forty percent of the then authorized capital stock of the
corporation.
13 V.I.C. § 104Certificates Stock
Every holder of stock in a corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate or certificates, provided that
the board of directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or
all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Notwithstanding the adoption of any such
resolution, shares represented by a certificate shall not become uncertificated shares until such certificate
is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock in a corporation shall be entitled to have a
certificate signed in the name of the corporation by the president or a vicepresident and the treasurer or
an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation, representing the
number of shares owned by him in such corporation. Subject to applicable provisions of the
Uniform Commercial Code-Investment Securities, such entitlement shall apply equally to a holder of
uncertificated shares, notwithstanding the adoption of a resolution by the board of directors providing for
the issuance of uncertificated shares, who makes written request of the corporation. Where any such
certificate is signed (1) by a transfer agent or an assistant transfer agent or (2) by a transfer clerk acting
on behalf of such corporation and a registrar, the signature of any such president, vice-president,
treasurer, assistant treasurer, secretary or assistant secretary may be facsimile. In case any officer or
officers who have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on any such
certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of such corporation, whether because of
death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates have been delivered by such
corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by such corporation and be issued
and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose
facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of
such corporation.
History: Amended Feb. 20, 2002, No. 6498, § 5, Sess. L. 2002, p. 203.
13 V.I.C. § 105[Repealed]
History: Repealed. Feb. 20, 2002, No. 6498, § 5, Sess. L. 2002, p. 204.
13 V.I.C. § 106Corporation's Powers Respecting Ownership, Etc., of Its Own Stock
Every corporation organized under this chapter may purchase, hold, sell and transfer shares of its own
capital stock; but no such corporation shall use its funds or property for the purchase of its own shares of
capital stock when such use would cause any impairment of the capital of the corporation. Shares of its
own capital stock belonging to the corporation shall not be voted upon directly or indirectly. Nothing in this
section shall be construed as limiting the exercise of the rights given by section 223 of this title.
13 V.I.C. § 107Liability of Stockholder For Stock Not Paid In Full
(a) When the whole of the price payable for shares of a corporation has not been paid in, and the assets
shall be insufficient to satisfy the claims of its creditors, each holder of such shares shall be bound to pay
on each share held by him the sum necessary to complete the amount of the par value of such share as
fixed by the articles of incorporation, or such proportion of that sum as shall be required to satisfy the
debts of the corporation, or, in the case of stock without par value, this liability shall be limited to the
unpaid balance of the price for which such shares were issued by the corporation.
(b) The amounts which shall be payable as provided in subsection (a) of this section may be recovered on
behalf of creditors in an action to which the corporation is a party, for the benefit of all the creditors of the
corporation brought by a receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, or other competent representative of all
creditors.
(c) Anything in this chapter to the contrary notwithstanding, a holder of shares who has acquired such
shares in good faith without knowledge that they were not paid in full or to the extent stated in the
certificate for such shares shall not be liable either to the corporation or to its creditors for any amount
beyond that shown by such certificate to be unpaid on the shares represented thereby. Any holder who
derives his title through such a holder and who is not himself a party to any fraud affecting the issuance of
such shares shall have all the rights of such former holder.
13 V.I.C. § 108Increase of and Subscriptions to Capital Stock
At any time after a corporation is authorized to commence business, the directors may, if its whole capital
stock has not been subscribed, and subject to any limitations provided in its articles of incorporation
increase its capital stock up to the amount authorized in its articles of incorporation, and open books for or
take additional subscriptions thereto.
13 V.I.C. § 109Limitation On Preemptive Rights
Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, shares or other securities offered for sale shall
not be subject to preemptive rights if they-
(1) are issued or optioned by the board of directors to effect a merger or consolidation or for a value other
than cash;
(2) are issued to satisfy conversion or option rights theretofore granted by the corporation;
(3) are shares or other securities theretofore reacquired by the corporation after having been duly issued;
(4) are part of the shares or other securities of the corporation authorized in its original articles of
incorporation and are issued, sold or optioned within two years from the date of filing such articles; or
(5) are issued pursuant to a plan of reorganization approved under and in accordance with the provisions of
the Act of Congress of July first, eighteen hundred ninety-eight, entitled "An act to establish a uniform
system of bankruptcy throughout the United States," and acts amendatory thereof.
13 V.I.C. § 110Payment For Stock; Assessments
The capital stock of a corporation shall be paid in such amounts and at such times as the directors may
require. The directors may, from time to time, assess upon each share of stock not fully paid up, such sum
of money as the necessities of the business may, in the judgment of the board of directors, require, not
exceeding in the whole the balance remaining unpaid on said stock, up to the par value thereof, or in the
case of stock without par value, not exceeding the price for which such stock was issued by the
corporation, and such sum so assessed shall be paid to the treasurer at such time and by such installments
or calls as the directors shall direct. The directors shall notify the time and place of such payments by
written notice mailed at least 30 days before the time for such payment, to each stockholder at his last
known post-office address.
13 V.I.C. § 111Remedies For Failure to Pay For Stock
(a) When any stockholder fails to pay any installment or call upon his stock which may have been properly
assessed thereon by the directors, at the time when such payment is due, the directors may collect the
amount of any such installment or call or any balance thereof remaining unpaid, from the said stockholder
by an action at law, or they shall sell at public sale such part of the shares of such delinquent stockholder
as will pay all assessments then due from him with interest and all incidental expenses, and shall transfer
the shares so sold to the purchaser, who shall be entitled to a certificate therefor. Notice of the time and
place of such sale and of the sum due on each share shall be given by advertisement for three weeks
successively, once in each week before the sale, in a newspaper of general circulation in the United States
Virgin Islands, and such notice shall be mailed by the treasurer of the corporation to such delinquent
stockholder at his last known post-office address, at least 20 days before such sale. If no bidder can be
collected by a civil action, within one year from the date of the bringing of such civil action, the said stock
and the amount previously paid in by the delinquent on the stock shall be forfeited to the corporation.
(b) Any stock forfeited under the provisions of subsection (a) of this section may be reissued, or
subscriptions therefor may be received, as in the case of stock not issued or subscribed for.
13 V.I.C. § 112Certificate of Payment of Capital Stock
The president with the secretary or treasurer of every corporation organized under this chapter shall, upon
the written request of any creditor of such corporation, who shall have obtained a judgment against it and
order of execution against the corporation has been returned unsatisfied, make a certificate stating that all
the issued shares have been paid in full, or in case any issued shares have not been so paid the amount of
the installments or calls paid in cash or by the purchase of property, stating also the total amount of capital
stock issued, which certificate shall be signed and sworn or affirmed to by the president and secretary or
treasurer, and the president, secretary or treasurer shall within 30 days after the making of such certificate
cause the certificate to be filed in the office of the Lieutenant Governor.
13 V.I.C. § 113Lost Or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificate
Every corporation organized under this chapter may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any
certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost or destroyed, and the directors may require
the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond
sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the
alleged loss of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate. A new certificate may be issued
without requiring any bond when in the judgment of the directors it is proper to do so.
13 V.I.C. § 114Dividends; Payment; Wasting Asset Corporations
(a) The directors of every corporation created under this chapter which has issued capital stock, subject to
any restrictions contained in its articles of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of
its capital stock but only out of its net assets in excess of its capital as computed under accepted
accounting practice and in accordance with the provisions of section 100 of this title.
(b) Subject to any restrictions contained in its articles of incorporation, the directors of any corporation
engaged in the exploitation of wasting assets may determine the net profits derived from the exploitation of
such wasting assets without taking into consideration the depletion of such assets resulting from lapse of
time or from necessary consumption of such assets incidental to their exploitation.
13 V.I.C. § 115Reserves
Nothing contained in section 114 of this title shall prevent the stockholders of any corporation, or the
directors thereof if the articles of incorporation shall so provide, from setting apart out of any of the funds
of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose or from abolishing
any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
13 V.I.C. § 116Liability of Directors As to Dividends
A director shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account of the corporation or
statements prepared by any of its officials as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities and/or net
profits of the corporation, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of surplus or other
funds from which dividends might be properly declared and paid.
13 V.I.C. § 117Declaration and Payment of Dividends
No corporation created under the provisions of this chapter, nor the directors thereof, shall pay dividends
upon any shares of the corporation except in accordance with the provisions of this chapter. Dividends may
be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, in the case of shares with par value at par,
and in the case of shares without par value at such price as may be fixed by the board of directors.
13 V.I.C. § 118Liability of Directors For Unlawful Dividends; Exoneration From
Liability
In case of any willful or negligent violation of the provisions of section 117 of this title, the directors under
whose administration the same may happen shall be jointly and severally liable, at any time within six years
after paying such unlawful dividend, to the corporation and to its creditors, in the event of its dissolution or
insolvency, to the full amount of the dividend unlawfully paid, with interest on the same from the time such
liability accrued. Any director who may have been absent at the time when the act or resolution was
adopted by which the unlawful dividends were subsequently paid, or who may have dissented from said act
or resolution, may exonerate himself from such liability by causing his dissent to be entered at large on the
books containing the minutes of the proceedings of the directors immediately after he has notice of the act
or resolution, or at the time the same was adopted, if he was present at the meeting and dissented, or by
causing a statement of his dissent to be published, within two weeks after he has notice of said act or
resolution, in a newspaper of general circulation in the United States Virgin Islands.
13 V.I.C. § 141-162[Repealed]
History: Repealed. Feb. 19, 1965, No. 1299, § 7, Sess. L. 1965, Pt. II, p. 218.
13 V.I.C. § 181Place of Stockholders' and Directors' Meetings
In all cases after the first meeting of the incorporators, the meetings of the stockholders of every
corporation shall be held annually. The stockholders and directors may hold their meetings and have an
office or offices outside of the United States Virgin Islands, if the bylaws so provide.
13 V.I.C. § 182Voting Rights of Stockholders; Proxies; Limitations
Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the
stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock held by such
stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after one year from its date, unless the proxy provides for a
longer period, and, except where the transfer books of the corporation have been closed or a date has been
fixed as a record date for the determination of its stockholders entitled to vote as provided in section 183 of
this title, no share of stock shall be voted on at any election for directors which has been transferred on the
books of the corporation within 20 days next preceding such election of directors.
13 V.I.C. § 183Closing Transfer Books Or Fixing Date For Determination of
Stockholders of Record
The board of directors may close the stock transfer books of the corporation for a period not exceeding 50
days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders or the date for payment of any dividend or the date
for the allotment of rights or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go
into effect or for a period of not exceeding 50 days in connection with obtaining the consent of stockholders
for any purpose. In lieu of closing the stock transfer books as aforesaid, the bylaws may fix or authorize the
board of directors to fix in advance a date, not exceeding 50 days preceding the date of any meeting of
stockholders, or the date for the payment of any dividend, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the
date when any change or conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect, or a date in
connection with obtaining such consent, as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled
to notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment
of any such dividend, or to any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect of any such
change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or to give such consent, and in such case such
stockholders and only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be
entitled to such notice of, and to vote at, such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive payment
of such dividend, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, or to give such consent,
as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the corporation after any
such record date fixed as aforesaid.
13 V.I.C. § 184Cumulative Voting
The articles of incorporation of any corporation may provide that at all elections of directors of the
corporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to as many votes as shall equal the number of votes which
(except for such provision as to cumulative voting) he would be entitled to cast for the election of directors
with respect to his shares of stock multiplied by the number of directors to be elected, and that he may cast
all of such votes for a single director or may distribute them among the number to be voted for, or for any
two or more of them as he may see fit, which right when exercised, shall be termed cumulative voting.
13 V.I.C. § 185Quorum
Subject to any provision of this chapter specifying the vote that shall be required for a specified action, the
articles of incorporation or the bylaws may specify the number of shares and the amount of other securities
having voting power the holders of which shall be present or represented by proxy at any meeting in order
to constitute a quorum for, and the votes that shall be necessary for, the transaction of any business.
13 V.I.C. § 186Voting Rights of Fiduciaries and Pledgors
Persons holding stock in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to vote the shares so held, and persons whose
stock is pledged shall be entitled to vote, unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the
corporation he has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee or his
proxy may represent said stock and vote thereon.
13 V.I.C. § 187Voting Trusts
A stockholder, by agreement in writing, may transfer his stock to a voting trustee or trustees for the
purpose of conferring the right to vote thereon for a period not exceeding ten years upon the terms and
conditions therein stated. Every other stockholder may transfer his stock to the same trustee or trustees
and thereupon shall be a party to such agreement. The certificates of stock so transferred shall be
surrendered and cancelled and new certificates therefor issued to such trustee or trustees in which it shall
appear that they are issued pursuant to such agreement, and in the entry of such ownership in the proper
books of such corporation that fact shall also be noted, and thereupon such trustee or trustees may vote
upon the stock so transferred during the term of such agreement. A duplicate of every such agreement
shall be filed in the principal office of the corporation in the United States Virgin Islands and at all times
during business hours be open to inspection by any stockholder or his attorney. The trustee or trustees
shall keep at their office or at a place available to certificate holders correct books of account of all their
business and transactions, and a book to be known as the certificate book containing the names,
alphabetically arranged, of all persons who are voting trust certificate holders, showing their places of
residence, the number of shares of stocks represented by the certificates held by them respectively, and
the time when they respectively became the owners thereof. The certificate book shall be open daily,
during at least three business hours, for inspection by any person who shall have been a certificate holder
for at least six months immediately preceding his demand. Persons so entitled to inspect the certificate
book may make extracts therefrom. Any trustee who shall neglect or refuse to keep or cause to be kept
such books or to keep any certificate book open for inspection, as herein required, shall forfeit the sum of
$50 for every day he shall so neglect or refuse; it shall be the duty of the United States attorney to sue for
and recover in the name of the Government of the United States Virgin Islands the penalty above provided,
and the same, when so recovered shall be paid into the Treasury of the Government of the United States
Virgin Islands. If any trustee shall willfully neglect or refuse to make any proper entry in such book or
books or shall neglect or refuse to exhibit any such certificate book or to allow any such certificate book to
be inspected and extracts taken therefrom as provided in this section, each such trustee shall, in addition,
forfeit and pay to the party injured a penalty of $50 for every such neglect or refusal, and all damages
resulting to him therefrom.
13 V.I.C. § 188List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote; Penalty For Refusal to
Produce
The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days
before every election of directors, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said election,
arranged in alphabetical order. Such list shall be open during the usual hours for business at the place
where said election is to be held for 10 days next preceding the date of said election, to the examination of
any stockholder, and shall be produced and kept at the time and place of election during the whole time
thereof, and subject to the inspection of any stockholder who may be present. Upon the willful neglect or
refusal of the said directors to produce such a list at any election they shall be ineligible to any office at
such election.
13 V.I.C. § 189Stock Ledger; Inspection; Evidence
The original or duplicate stock ledger certified by an officer of the corporation to be correct shall be the
only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list required by section 188 of this
title or the books and accounts of the corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any such election. The
original or duplicate stock ledger containing the names and addresses of the stockholders, the number of
shares held by them, respectively and the dates when they respectively became owners, shall, at all times,
during the usual hours for business, be open to the examination of every stockholder at its principal office
or place of business in the United States Virgin Islands, and such original or duplicate stock ledger
certified by an officer of the corporation to be correct shall be evidence in all courts of the United States
Virgin Islands.
13 V.I.C. § 190Voting, Inspection and Other Rights of Bond and Debenture
Holders
Every corporation organized under this chapter may make suitable provision in its articles of incorporation
and thereby to the extent, in the manner and subject to the conditions provided in the articles of
incorporation confer upon the holders of any bonds or debentures issued or to be issued by any such
corporation, whether secured by mortgage or otherwise, the power to vote in respect to the corporate
affairs and management of the corporation to the same extent and in the same manner as stockholders of
the corporation, as may be provided in the articles of incorporation and, in case of a default in the payment
of the principal or interest on said bonds or debentures, or otherwise, or in any other case, confer upon
such bondholders or debenture holders the same right of inspection of the corporate books and accounts
and records of any such corporation, and also any other rights, which the stockholders of the corporation
have or may have by reason of the provisions of any law of the United States Virgin Islands or pursuant to
the provisions of the articles of incorporation.
13 V.I.C. § 191Election of Directors; Manner, Time, Place and Notice
All elections of directors shall be by ballot, unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation. The
first meeting for the election of directors, at which meeting any business may be transacted, shall be held
at any place either within or without the United States Virgin Islands fixed by a majority of the
incorporators in a writing signed by them, and thereafter meetings of the stockholders shall be held
annually for the election of directors and the transaction of any other business at the time and place within
or without the United States Virgin Islands named in the bylaws, and which shall not be changed within 60
days next before the day on which the election is to be held. A notice of any change shall be given to each
stockholder 20 days before the election is held, in person or by letter mailed to his last known post-office
address. The bylaws may state the city, town or village in which meetings of stockholders for the election of
directors, after the first meeting, may be held and authorize the board of directors to fix the place within
such city, town or village for the holding of such meeting. At least 10 days' notice shall be given to the
stockholders of the place so fixed.
13 V.I.C. § 192Newly Created Directorships
Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, may be
filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, unless it is otherwise
provided in the articles of incorporation or bylaws, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the
next annual elections and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, unless sooner displaced;
but, if the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted
immediately prior to any such increase), upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at
least 10 percent of the total number of shares of the capital stock of the corporation at the time
outstanding having the right to vote for directors, the District Court of the United States Virgin Islands may
summarily order an election to be held to fill any such newly created directorships, or to replace the
director or directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by
the provisions of section 193 of this title in so far as such provisions are applicable. The person or persons
elected pursuant to said order shall serve as a director or as directors until the next annual meeting of
stockholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, and shall displace any person or
persons who may theretofore have been appointed by the directors then in office as aforesaid.
13 V.I.C. § 193Failure to Hold Election of Directors; Proceedings to Compel
Election
If the election for directors of any corporation shall not be held on the day designated by the bylaws, the
directors shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient. No failure to elect directors
at the designated time shall work any forfeiture or dissolution of the corporation, but the district court may
summarily order an election to be held upon the petition of any stockholder and at such election the shares
of stock represented at said meeting, either in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the
purpose of such meeting, notwithstanding any provision of the bylaws of the corporation to the contrary.
13 V.I.C. § 194Contested Election; Proceedings to Determine Validity
Upon the application by any stockholder the district court may hear and determine the validity of any
stockholders' vote or any election of any director of any corporation organized under this chapter, and the
right of any person to hold such office, and in case any such office is claimed by more than one person may
determine the person entitled thereto; and to that end make such order or decree in any such case as may
be just and proper, with power to enforce the production of any books, papers and records of the
corporation relating to the issue. In addition to other grounds of invalidity, the court may declare any
election or vote of stockholders invalid if it is satisfied that proxies or votes cast thereat have been
procured (a) by bribery or (b) as a result of statements or letters or other documents soliciting proxies
which contained a material misstatement of fact or omitted to state facts so as to render the facts stated
therein misleading in a material respect, and that proxies or votes so procured determined the result of the
election. In case it should be determined that no valid election of the corporation has been held, the district
court may order an election to be held in the manner provided in section 193 of this chapter. In any such
application service of copies of such petition upon the resident agent of the corporation shall be deemed to
be service upon the corporation and upon the person whose title to office is contested and upon the person,
if any, claiming such office; and the resident agent shall forward immediately a copy of the petition so
delivered to him, or it, to the corporation and to the person whose title to office is contested and to the
person, if any, claiming such office, in a postpaid, sealed, registered letter addressed to such corporation or
such person at its or his last known post-office address. The court may make such further or other order
respecting notice of such application as it deems proper under the circumstances.
13 V.I.C. § 195Equally Divided Vote; Receivership
Whenever, by reason of an equally divided vote of the stockholders, there shall be a failure to elect
directors, and such failure for such reason shall exist at two successive annual elections, or if there shall be
a failure to elect directors by reason of an equally divided vote at an election held in accordance with
section 193 of this chapter, the district court, on petition of any stockholder, may in the absence of an
existing agreement for arbitration appoint one or more persons to be receivers of and for such corporation,
with all the powers of the corporation and the power to continue the corporate business until otherwise
ordered by the court.
13 V.I.C. § 196Consent of Stockholders In Lieu of Meeting
Whenever the vote of stockholders at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken in connection
with any corporate action, by any section of this chapter, the meeting and vote of stockholders may be
dispensed with, if all of the stockholders who would have been entitled to vote upon the action if such
meeting were held, shall consent in writing to such corporate action being taken. Nothing herein contained
shall be construed to alter or modify the provisions of section 281 of this chapter. In the event that the
action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any of the other
sections of this chapter, if such action had been voted upon by the stockholders at a meeting thereof, the
certificate filed under such other section shall state that written consent has been given hereunder, in lieu
of stating that the stockholders have voted upon the corporate action in question, if such last mentioned
statement is required thereby.
13 V.I.C. § 197Waiver of Notice
Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given under the provisions of this chapter, or under the
provisions of the articles of incorporation or bylaws of any corporation organized under the provisions of
this chapter, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether
before or after the time stated in said notice, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.
13 V.I.C. § 198Exception As to Requirements of Notice
Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given under the provisions of this chapter, or under the
provisions of the articles of incorporation or bylaws of any corporation organized under the provisions of
this chapter, to any person with whom communication is made unlawful by any law of or having force
within the United States Virgin Islands, or by any rule, regulation, proclamation or executive order issued
under any such law, then the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be
no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such
person; and any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person or
without giving or without applying for a license or permit to give any such notice to any such person with
whom communication is made unlawful as aforesaid, shall have the same force and effect as if such notice
had been given as provided under the provisions of this chapter, or under the provisions of the articles of
incorporation or bylaws of any corporation organized under this chapter. In the event that the action taken
by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any of the other sections of this
chapter, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all
persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is made unlawful by any
law, rule, regulation, proclamation or executive order as aforesaid.
13 V.I.C. § 221Amendment of Articles of Incorporation Before Payment of Any
Capital
The incorporators, or the directors if any have been elected and qualified, of any corporation organized
under the provisions of this chapter before the payment of any part of its capital, may file with the
Lieutenant Governor an amendment or amendments to its articles of incorporation, duly signed by the
incorporators named in the original articles of incorporation, or by the directors if any have been elected,
and duly acknowledged in the manner required for articles of incorporation, modifying, changing, or
altering its articles of incorporation in whole or in part. The Lieutenant Governor shall furnish a certified
copy of any such certificate under his hand and seal of office, and the certified copy shall be filed in the
office of the clerk of the district court in the judicial division in which the corporation's original articles of
incorporation were filed.
Upon the filing and recording of the certificate of amendment, the articles of incorporation of said
corporation shall be deemed to be amended accordingly as of the date on which the original articles of
incorporation were filed. Nothing herein contained shall permit the insertion of any matter not in
conformity with the provisions of this chapter.
13 V.I.C. § 222Amendment of Articles of Incorporation After Payment of Capital
(a) Any corporation created under the provisions of this chapter, may, from time to time, when and as
desired, amend its articles of incorporation by-
(1) addition to its corporate powers and purposes, or diminution thereof, or both; or
(2) substitution of other powers and purposes, in whole or in part, for those prescribed by its articles
of incorporation; or
(3) increasing or decreasing its authorized capital stock or reclassifying the same, by changing the
number, par value, designations, preferences, or relative, participating, optional, or other special
rights of the shares, or the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such rights, or by changing
shares with par value into shares without par value, or shares without par value into shares with par
value either with or without increasing or decreasing the number of shares; or
(4) changing its corporate title; or
(5) making any other change or alteration in its articles of incorporation that may be desired.
Any or all such changes or alterations may be effected by one certificate of amendment.
All articles of incorporation as so amended, changed or altered, shall contain only such provisions
as it would be lawful and proper to insert in original articles of incorporation made at the time of
making such amendment.
(b) Whenever issued shares having par value are changed into the same or a greater or less number of
shares without par value, whether of the same or of a different class or classes of stock, the aggregate
amount of the capital of the corporation represented by such shares without par value shall be the same as
the aggregate amount of capital represented by the shares so changed; and whenever issued shares
without par value are changed into other shares without par value to a greater or less number, whether of
the same or of a different class or classes, the amount of capital represented by the new shares in the
aggregate shall be the same as the aggregate amount of capital represented by the shares so changed.
(c) The certificate of amendment of any articles of incorporation effecting any change in the issued shares
of the corporation shall set forth that the capital of the corporation will not be reduced under or by reason
of the amendment.
(d) Every amendment authorized by subsection (a) of this section shall be made and effected in the
following manner-
The board of directors shall adopt a resolution setting forth the amendment proposed, declaring its
advisability, and calling a meeting of the stockholders entitled to vote in respect thereof for the
consideration of such amendment. The meeting shall be called and held upon such notice as the
articles of incorporation or by-laws of the corporation shall provide, or, in the absence of such
provision, upon notice thereof to each stockholder so entitled to vote, either delivered to such
stockholder or mailed to him, at his post-office address, if known, at least ten days before the date
fixed for the meeting. The notice shall set forth such amendment in full or a brief summary of the
changes to be effected thereby, as the directors shall deem advisable. At the meeting a vote of the
stockholders entitled to vote, in person or by proxy, shall be taken for and against the proposed
amendment, which vote shall be conducted by two judges, appointed for the purpose either by the
directors or by the meeting. The judges shall decide upon the qualifications of voters, and accept their
votes, and when the vote is completed, count and ascertain the number of shares voted respectively
for and against the amendment, and shall declare whether the natural or juridical persons holding the
majority of the voting stock of the corporation (or of each class of stock entitled to vote thereon, when
such vote is to be taken by classes) have voted for or against the proposed amendment; and shall
make out a certificate accordingly, stating the number of shares of stock, issued and outstanding and
entitled to vote thereon, and the number of shares voted for and the number of shares voted against
the amendment respectively, and shall subscribe and deliver the certificate to the secretary of the
corporation. If it appears by the certificate of the judges that the natural or juridical persons holding
the majority of the stock of the corporation entitled to vote (or of each class of stock when such vote is
to be taken by classes) have voted in favor of the amendment, a certificate setting forth the
amendment and certifying that such amendment has been duly adopted in accordance with the
provisions of this section shall be made under the seal of the corporation and signed by its president
or a vice-president, and its secretary or an assistant secretary and the president or such vice-president
shall acknowledge the certificate before an officer authorized by the laws of the United States Virgin
Islands to authenticate signatures. The certificate, so executed and acknowledged, shall be filed in the
office of the Lieutenant Governor, and a copy thereof, certified by the Lieutenant Governor, shall be
filed in the office of the clerk of the district court in the judicial division in which the original articles
of incorporation are filed. Upon filing the same, the articles of incorporation of the corporation shall
be deemed to be amended accordingly. If any proposed amendment would alter or change the
preferences, special rights or powers given to any one or more classes of stock by the articles of
incorporation, or would affect such class or classes of stock, or would increase or decrease the amount
of the authorized stock of such class of classes of stock, or would increase or decrease the par value
thereof, then the holders of the stock of each class of stock so affected by the amendment shall be
entitled to vote as a class upon such amendment, whether by the terms of the articles of incorporation
such class be entitled to vote or not; and the affirmative vote of a majority in interest of each such
class of stock so affected by the amendment shall be necessary to the adoption thereof, in addition to
the affirmative vote of a majority of all other stock entitled to vote thereon. The amount of the
authorized stock of any such class or classes of stock may be increased or decreased by the affirmative
vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the corporation entitled to vote, if so provided in the
original articles of incorporation or in any amendment thereto which created such class or classes of
stock or in any amendment thereto which was authorized by a resolution or resolutions adopted by the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of such class or classes of stock.
(e) No amendment to articles of incorporation may be filed in the Office of the Lieutenant Governor unless
the corporation shall have paid in full all franchise taxes due and payable, including penalties and interest,
if any.
History: Amended Jan. 13, 1994, No. 5948, § 106(B), Sess. L. 1993, p. 337.
13 V.I.C. § 223Redemption, Purchase Or Retirement of Preferred Or Special
Stock
(a) Whenever any corporation organized under this chapter has issued any preferred or special shares it
may, subject to the provisions of its articles of incorporation-
(1) redeem all or any part of such shares, if subject to redemption, at such time or times, at such price
or prices, and otherwise as shall be stated or expressed in the articles of incorporation; or
(2) at any time or from time to time purchase all or any part of such shares, but in the case of shares
subject to redemption, at not exceeding the price at which the same may be redeemed; or
(3) at any time or from time to time, by resolution of the board of directors, retire any such shares
redeemed or purchased out of surplus.
The corporation may apply to such redemption or purchase an amount out of its capital which
shall not be greater than the capital represented by the shares so redeemed or purchased,
provided that the effect of any such redemption or purchase and application of capital thereto
shall not be to reduce that actual value of its assets to an amount less than the total amount of its
debts and liabilities plus the amount of its capital reduced by the amount of capital so applied.
Whenever upon the conversion or exchange of preferred or special shares into or for other shares
of the corporation the amount of capital represented by such preferred or special shares exceeds
the total aggregate par or stated value represented by such other shares, the corporation by
resolution of the board of directors may as herein provided reduce its capital at any time
thereafter by all or any part of such excess. No such redemption or purchase, however, shall be
made out of capital, and there shall be no such redemption of capital after such conversion or
exchange, unless the assets of the corporation remaining after such redemption, purchase or
reduction shall be sufficient to pay any debts of the corporation, the payment of which shall not
have been otherwise provided for.
(b) Any such shares so redeemed or purchased by the application of capital or otherwise retired pursuant
to the provisions of this section, shall upon the filing of the certificate hereinafter in this section provided
for, and any shares of the corporation surrendered to it on the conversion or exchange thereof into or for
other shares of the corporation shall, after such conversion or exchange, have the status of authorized and
unissued shares of the class of stock to which such shares belong; but if the articles of incorporation
prohibit the reissue of such shares, the authorized capital stock of the corporation of the class to which
such shares belong shall, upon such redemption, purchase, retirement, conversion or exchange, be deemed
to be, and shall, upon the filing of an appropriate certificate, executed as hereinafter provided, be reduced
to the extent of the aggregate par value of the shares so redeemed, purchased, retired, converted or
exchanged or, if such shares are without par value, to the extent of the number of such shares so
redeemed, purchased, retired, converted or exchanged.
(c) Whenever any capital of the corporation is applied to the redemption or the purchase of shares, or any
shares are retired pursuant to the provisions of this section, or whenever following the conversion or
exchange of preferred or special shares of the corporation the capital of the corporation is to be reduced as
herein provided, a certificate shall be made accordingly under the seal of the corporation and shall be filed
in the office of the Lieutenant Governor and a copy thereof, certified by the Lieutenant Governor, shall be
filed in the office of the clerk of the district court in the judicial division in which the original articles of
incorporation are filed.
13 V.I.C. § 224Reduction of Capital
(a) Any corporation organized under this chapter may reduce its capital at any time by-
(1) the written consent of the holders of record of the total number of shares of the corporation having
voting powers at the time outstanding; or
(2) resolution of its board of directors supplemented by a resolution adopted by the holders of record
of a majority of said shares at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose upon at least ten
days' notice given in accordance with the bylaws of the corporation to the stockholders.
Any preferred or special shares which have been called for redemption and the payment of the
redemption price of which has been provided for shall not be deemed to be outstanding. A
certificate stating the fact of such consent or the adoption of such resolution and specifying the
manner in and the extent to which the capital of the corporation is to be reduced shall be made
under the seal of the corporation and the hands of its president or a vice-president and its
secretary or an assistant secretary and the president or such vice-president shall acknowledge
the certificate before an officer authorized by the laws of the United States Virgin Islands to take
acknowledgments, and the certificate, so executed and acknowledged, shall be filed in the office
of the Lieutenant Governor and a copy thereof, certified by the Lieutenant Governor, shall be
filed in the office of the clerk of the district court in the judicial division in which the original
articles of incorporation are filed. Upon the completion of such filing the capital of the
corporation shall thereby be so reduced. No such reduction, however, shall be made in the capital
of the corporation unless the assets of the corporation remaining after such reduction are
sufficient to pay any debts, the payment of which shall not have been otherwise provided for and
the certificate shall so state.
(b) Such reduction of the capital of the corporation may be effected by-
(1) retiring or reducing the outstanding shares of any class or by drawing the necessary number of
outstanding shares of any class by lot for retirement; or
(2) the exchange by the holders of outstanding shares of any class of the shares of such class held by
them for a decreased number of shares of stock of the same or of a different class of stock; or
(3) the exchange of shares having par value for shares having no par value, or of shares without par
value for shares with par value; or
(4) the exchange of shares having par value for an increased number of shares of lesser par value; or
(5) the exchange of par value shares for shares without par value and/or par value shares of any class;
or
(6) the exchange of shares without par value for par value shares and/or shares without par value of
any class, the effect of which is to work a reduction of capital; or
(7) reducing (in conjunction with appropriate action under section 222 of this title) the par value of the
shares of any class of stock having par value; or
(8) reducing the amount of capital represented by shares of stock having no par value; or
(9) in case the capital shall have been increased by the transfer thereto from surplus pursuant to the
provisions of section 100 of this title, retransferring to surplus all or any part of the amount by which
capital shall have been so increased; or
(10) the purchase of shares for retirement, either pro rata from all holders of shares of that class of
stock or by purchasing such shares from time to time in the open market or at private sale in both
cases at not exceeding such price or prices as may be fixed or approved by the stockholders entitled to
vote upon the reduction of capital to be effected in that manner; or
(11) retiring shares owned by the corporation.
If such reduction of capital of the corporation be effected by retiring shares, then, if the consent
or resolution of stockholders above referred to shall so provide, an amount not exceeding that
part of the capital of the corporation represented by such shares may be charged against or paid
out of the capital of the corporation in respect of such shares.
(c) If such reduction of capital shall have been effected by retiring or reducing the outstanding shares of
any class in any of the manners provided for in subsections (a) and (b) of this section, including the
retirement of shares already owned by the corporation, the shares so retired or by the acquisition of which
in any manner the outstanding shares of such class shall have been reduced shall, upon the filing and
recording of the certificate as provided in this section, if the articles of incorporation do not prohibit the
reissue thereof, have the status of authorized and unissued shares of the class of stock to which such
shares belong.
(d) If the articles of incorporation prohibit the reissue of such shares the filing and recording of such
certificate, containing a recital of such fact, shall constitute an amendment to the articles of incorporation
effecting a reduction of the authorized capital stock of the corporation to the extent of the aggregate par
value of such shares, or, if such shares are without par value, to the extent of the total number of such
shares. If such shares constitute all the outstanding shares of any particular class and the reissue thereof is
so prohibited, the filing and recording of such certificate, containing a recital of such fact, shall constitute
an amendment to the articles of incorporation effecting a reduction in the authorized capital stock of the
corporation by the elimination therefrom of all reference to the particular class of stock.
(e) When any corporation shall decrease the amount of its capital as provided in this section, the certificate
shall be published for three weeks successively at least once in each week, in a newspaper of general
circulation published in the United States Virgin Islands; the first publication to be made within fifteen
days after the filing of such certificate, and in default thereof the directors of the corporation shall be
jointly and severally liable to any creditors of the corporation who shall suffer loss by reason of the
noncompliance with the provisions of this section and the stockholders shall be similarly liable up to the
amount of such sums as they may respectively receive of the amount so reduced. No such decrease of
capital shall release the liability of any stockholder, whose shares have not been fully paid, for debts of the
corporation theretofore contracted.
13 V.I.C. § 251Consolidation Or Merger of Domestic Corporations
(a) Any two or more corporations organized under the provisions of this chapter or existing under the laws
of the United States Virgin Islands, for the purpose of carrying on any kind of business may merge into a
single corporation which may be any one of said constituent corporations or may consolidate to form a new
corporation as shall be specified in the agreement required by subsection (b) of this section.
(b) The directors, or a majority of them, of such corporations as desire to consolidate or merge, may enter
into an agreement signed by them under the corporate seals of the respective corporations, prescribing the
terms and conditions of consolidation or merger, the mode of carrying the same into effect, and stating
such other facts required or permitted by the provisions of this chapter to be set out in articles of
incorporation, as can be stated in the case of a consolidation or merger, stated in such altered form as the
circumstances of the case require, as well as the manner of converting the shares of each of the constituent
corporations into shares of other securities of the corporation resulting from such consolidation or
surviving such merger, and if any shares of any of the constituent corporations are not to be converted
solely into shares or other securities of the corporation resulting from such consolidation or surviving such
merger, the amount of cash or securities of any other corporation which the holders of such shares are to
receive in exchange for such shares or upon their conversion and the surrender of certificates evidencing
such shares, which cash or securities of any other corporation may be in addition to or in lieu of the shares
or other securities of the corporation resulting from such consolidation or surviving such merger, with such
other details and provisions as are deemed necessary.
(c) The agreement required by subsection (b) of this section shall be submitted to the stockholders of each
constituent corporation at a meeting thereof, called separately for the purpose of taking the same into
consideration. Due notice of the time, place and object of the meeting shall be given by publication at least
once a week for four successive weeks in one or more newspapers of general circulation published in the
United States Virgin Islands, and a copy of such notice shall be mailed to the last known post-office address
of each stockholder of each such corporation at least 20 days prior to the date of such meeting. At the
meeting the agreement shall be considered and a vote by ballot, in person or by proxy, taken for the
adoption or rejection of the same, each share entitling the holder thereof to one vote. If the votes of
stockholders of each such corporation representing two-thirds of the total number of shares of its capital
stock shall be for the adoption of the agreement, then that fact shall be certified on the agreement by the
secretary or assistant secretary of each such corporation, under the seal thereof; and the agreement so
adopted and certified shall be signed by the president or vice-president and the secretary or assistant
secretary of each of such corporations under the corporate seals thereof and acknowledged by the
president or vice-president of each of such corporations before any officer authorized by the laws of the
United States Virgin Islands to take acknowledgments of deeds to be the respective act, deed and
agreement of each of the corporations. The agreement so certified and acknowledged shall be filed in the
office of the Lieutenant Governor, and a copy of the agreement, certified by the Lieutenant Governor, shall
be filed in the offices of the clerk of the district court in the judicial divisions in which the articles of
incorporation of the respective corporations so consolidating or merging are filed. The agreement, when so
filed, shall thenceforth be taken and deemed to be the agreement and act of consolidation or merger of the
corporations. A certified copy thereof, shall be evidence of the agreement and act of consolidation or
merger of the corporations, and of the observance and performance of all acts and conditions necessary to
have been observed and performed precedent to such consolidation or merger.
History: Amended Aug. 10, 1971, No. 3105, § 1, Sess. L. 1971, p. 329.
13 V.I.C. § 252Consolidation Or Merger of Domestic and Foreign Corporations;
Service of Process Upon Surviving Corporation
(a) Any one or more corporations organized under the provisions of this chapter or existing under the laws
of the United States Virgin Islands may consolidate or merge with one or more other corporations
organized under the laws of any state or states, if the laws under which such other corporation or
corporations are formed shall permit such consolidation or merger. The constituent corporations may
merge into a single corporation, which may be any one of the constituent corporations, or they may
consolidate to form a new corporation, which may be a corporation of the United States Virgin Islands or of
the state of incorporation of any one of the constituent corporations as shall be specified in the agreement
required by subsection (b) of this section.
(b) All the constituent corporations shall enter into an agreement in writing which shall prescribe the terms
and conditions of the consolidation or merger, the mode of carrying the same into effect, the manner of
converting the shares of each of the constituent corporations into shares or other securities of the
corporation resulting from or surviving such consolidation or merger, and if any shares of any of the
constituent corporations are not to be converted solely into shares or other securities of the corporation
resulting from such consolidation or surviving such merger, the amount of cash or securities of any other
corporation which the holders of such shares are to receive in exchange for such shares or upon their
conversion and the surrender of certificates evidencing such shares, which cash or securities of any other
corporation may be in addition to or in lieu of the shares or other securities of the corporation resulting
from or surviving such consolidation or merger, and such other details and provisions as shall be deemed
necessary or proper. There shall also be set forth in the agreement such other facts as shall then be
required to be set forth in articles of incorporation by the laws of the United States Virgin Islands or by the
laws of the state which are stated in the agreement to be the laws that shall govern the resulting or
surviving corporation and that can be stated in the case of a consolidation or merger.
(c) The agreement shall be authorized, adopted, approved, signed and acknowledged by each of the
constituent corporations in accordance with the laws under which it is formed and, in the case of a Virgin
Islands' corporation, in the manner provided in section 251 of this title. The agreement so authorized,
adopted, approved, signed and acknowledged shall be filed in the office of the Lieutenant Governor, and a
copy thereof, certified by the Lieutenant Governor, shall be filed in the office of the clerk of the district
court in the judicial division in which the articles of incorporation are filed. The agreement, when so filed,
shall henceforth be taken and deemed to be the agreement and act of consolidation or merger of the
constituent corporations for all purposes of the laws of the United States Virgin Islands and if the
corporation resulting from or surviving such consolidation or merger is a Virgin Islands' corporation such
agreement shall have the force and effect of articles of incorporation.
(d) If the corporation resulting from such consolidation or surviving such merger is to be governed by the
laws of any state it shall agree that it may be served with process in the United States Virgin Islands in any
proceeding for enforcement of any obligation of any constituent corporation of the United States Virgin
Islands as well as for enforcement of any obligation of the resulting or surviving corporation arising from
the consolidation or merger, including any action or other proceeding to enforce the right of any
stockholder as determined in appraisal proceedings pursuant to the provisions of section 256 of this title,
and shall irrevocably appoint the Lieutenant Governor as its agent to accept service of process in any such
action or other proceeding and shall specify the address of the corporation to which a copy of such process
shall be mailed by the Lieutenant Governor. Service of such process shall be made personally delivering to
and leaving with the officer designated by the Lieutenant Governor for that purpose duplicate copies of
such process and of the complaint. The Lieutenant Governor shall forthwith send by registered mail one of
such copies to such resulting or surviving corporation at its address so specified, unless such resulting or
surviving corporation shall thereafter have designated in writing to the Lieutenant Governor a different
address for such purpose, in which case it shall be mailed to the last address so designated. In any action in
which the process shall be so served, the plaintiff shall pay to the Lieutenant Governor the sum of five
dollars ($5.00), which sum shall be taxed as a part of the costs in the action if the plaintiff shall prevail
therein. The Lieutenant Governor shall enter alphabetically in a process book, kept for that purpose, the
name of plaintiff and defendant, the title and number if any of the cause in which process has been served
upon the Lieutenant Governor, and the day and hour when the service was made.
History: Amended Aug. 10, 1971, No. 3105, § 2, Sess. L. 1971, p. 330.
13 V.I.C. § 253Status, Rights, Liabilities, Etc., of Constituent and Surviving
Corporations
When an agreement of consolidation or merger shall have been signed, acknowledged and filed, in
accordance with the requirements of this chapter, for all purposes of the laws of the United States Virgin
Islands the separate existence of all the constituent corporations, parties to said agreement, in the case of
consolidation, or of all such constituent corporations except the one in which the other or others of such
constituent corporations have been merged, in the case of merger, shall cease and the constituent
corporations shall become a new corporation, or be merged into one of such corporations, in the case of
merger, in accordance with the provisions of said agreement, possessing all the rights, privileges, powers
and franchises of a public as well as of a private nature, and being subject to all the restrictions, disabilities
and duties of each of such corporations so consolidated or merged, and all and singular the rights,
privileges, powers and franchises of each of said corporations, and all property, real and personal, and all
debts due to any of said constituent corporations on whatever account, as well for stock subscriptions as all
other things in action or belonging to each of such corporations shall be vested in the corporation resulting
from or surviving such consolidation or merger; and all property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises,
and all and every other interest shall be thereafter as effectually the property of the resulting or surviving
corporation as they were of the several and respective constituent corporations, and the title to any real
property vested by deed or otherwise, under the laws of the United States Virgin Islands, in any such
constituent corporations, shall not revert or be in any way impaired by reason of this chapter; but all rights
of creditors and all liens upon any property of any of said constituent corporations shall be preserved
unimpaired, and all debts, liabilities and duties of the respective constituent corporations shall thenceforth
attach to said resulting or surviving corporation, and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if
said debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.
13 V.I.C. § 254Powers of Corporations Resulting From Consolidation Or Merger;
Issuance of Stock, Bonds, Etc
When two or more corporations are consolidated or merged, the corporation resulting from such
consolidation or surviving such merger may issue bonds or other obligations, negotiable or otherwise, and
with or without coupons or interest certificates thereto attached, to an amount sufficient with its capital
stock to provide for all the payments it will be required to make or obligations it will be required to assume,
in order to effect such consolidation or merger in accordance with the terms of agreement thereof; to
secure the payment of which bonds and obligations it shall be lawful to mortgage its corporate franchise,
rights, privileges and property; and may issue certificates of its capital stock and other securities to the
stockholders of such constituent corporations in exchange or payment for the original shares, in such
amount as shall be necessary in accordance with the terms of agreement of consolidation or merger in
order to effect such consolidation or merger in the manner and on the terms specified in such agreement.
13 V.I.C. § 255Effect of Consolidation Or Merger On Pending Actions
Any action or proceeding pending by or against any of the corporations consolidated or merged may be
prosecuted as if such consolidation or merger had not taken place, or the corporation resulting from such
consolidation or surviving such merger may be substituted in its place.
13 V.I.C. § 256Rights of Dissenting Stockholders
(a) The corporation resulting from any consolidation or surviving any merger shall within 10 days after the
date in which the agreement of consolidation or merger has been filed, notify each stockholder in any
corporation of the United States Virgin Islands consolidating or merging, who objected thereto in writing
and whose shares were not voted in favor of such consolidation or merger, and who filed such written
objection with the corporation before the taking of the vote in such consolidation or merger, that the
agreement has been filed. Such notice shall include a statement that the stockholder has the right, within
20 days after the date of mailing the notice, to demand in writing payment of the value of his stock and a
statement of the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) of this section. The notice shall be sent by registered
mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the stockholder at his last known address as it appears on the
books of the corporation. If any such stockholder shall within 20 days after the date of mailing of the notice
demand in writing, from the corporation resulting from or surviving such consolidation or merger, payment
for his stock, such resulting or surviving corporation shall, within 30 days after the expiration of the period
of 20 days, pay to him the value of his stock on the date of the filing of the agreement of consolidation or
merger, exclusive of any element of value arising from the expectation or accomplishment of such
consolidation or merger.
(b) If during the period of 30 days provided for in subsection (a) of this section, the corporation and any
such objecting stockholder fail to agree as to the value of such stock, any such stockholder, or the
corporation resulting from such consolidation or surviving such merger, may by petition filed in the district
court within four months after the expiration of the period of 30 days demand a determination of the value
of the stock of all such objecting stockholders by an appraiser to be appointed by the court.
(c) Upon the filing of any such petition by a stockholder, service of a copy thereof shall be made upon the
corporation, which shall within ten days after such service file in the office of the clerk of the court in
which the petition was filed a duly verified list containing the names and addresses of all stockholders who
have demanded payment for their shares and with whom agreements as to the value of their shares have
not been reached by the corporation. If the petition shall be filed by the corporation, the petition shall be
accompanied by such a duly verified list. The clerk of the court shall give notice of the time and place fixed
for the hearing of such petition by registered mail to the corporation and to the stockholders shown upon
the list at the addresses therein stated, and notice shall also be given by publishing a notice at least once a
week for two successive weeks, the second publication to appear at least one week before the day of the
hearing, in a newspaper of general circulation published in the United States Virgin Islands. The court may
direct such additional publications of notice as it deems advisable. The forms of the notices by mail and by
publication shall be approved by the court.
(d) After the hearing of such petition the court shall determine the stockholders who have complied with
the provisions of this section and become entitled to the valuation of and payment for their shares, and
shall appoint an appraiser to determine such value. Such appraiser may examine any of the books and
records of the corporation or corporations the stock of which he is charged with the duty of valuing, and he
shall make a determination of the value of the shares upon such investigation as to him seems proper. The
appraiser shall also afford a reasonable opportunity to the parties interested to submit to him pertinent
evidence on the value of the shares. The appraiser, also, shall have such powers and authority as may be
conferred upon him by the rules of the court or by the order of his appointment.
(e) The appraiser shall determine the value of the stock of the stockholders adjudged by the court to be
entitled to payment therefor and shall file his report respecting such value in the office of the clerk of the
court in which the petition was filed and notice of the filing of such report shall be given by the said clerk
to the parties in interest. Such report shall be subject to exceptions to be heard before the court both upon
the law and facts. The court shall by its decree determine the value of the stock of the stockholders entitled
to payment therefor and shall direct the payment of such value, together with interest, if any, as
hereinafter provided, to the stockholders entitled thereto by the resulting or surviving corporation upon the
transfer to it of the certificates representing such stock, which decree may be enforced as other decrees in
the district court may be enforced, whether such resulting or surviving corporation be a corporation of the
United States Virgin Islands or of any state of the United States.
(f) At the time of appointing the appraiser or at any time thereafter the court may require the dissenting
stockholders to submit their certificates of stock to the clerk of the court for notation thereon of the
pendency of the appraisal proceedings, and if any stockholder fails to comply with such direction the court
may dismiss the proceedings as to such stockholder.
(g) The cost of any such appraisal, including a reasonable fee to and the reasonable expenses of the
appraiser, but exclusive of fees of counsel or of experts retained by any party, may on application of any
party in interest be determined by the court and taxed against the corporation unless it shall be shown that
one or more parties to the proceeding has acted in bad faith or unreasonably, in which case the court may
tax such cost in whole or in part against the parties to such appraisal as appears equitable, except that the
cost of giving the notice by publication and by registered mail herein above provided for shall be paid by
the corporation. The court may, in application of any party in interest, determine the amount of interest, if
any, to be paid upon the value of the stock of the stockholders entitled thereto.
(h) Any stockholder who has demanded payment of his stock as herein provided shall not thereafter be
entitled to vote such stock for any purpose or be entitled to the payment of dividends or other distribution
on the stock (except dividends or other distributions payable to stockholders of record at a date which is
prior to the date of the filing of the agreement of merger or consolidation) unless the appointment of an
appraiser shall not be applied for within the time herein provided, or the proceeding be dismissed as to
such stockholder, or unless such stockholder shall with the written approval of the corporation deliver to
the corporation a written withdrawal of his objections to and an acceptance of such consolidation or
merger, in any of which cases the right of such stockholder to payment of his stock shall cease.
(i) The shares of the surviving or resulting corporation into which the shares of such dissenting
stockholders would have been converted had they assented to the consolidation or merger shall have the
status of authorized and unissued shares of the surviving or resulting corporation.
13 V.I.C. § 281Sale, Lease Or Exchange of Assets; Consideration
Every corporation may, by resolution of its board of directors, sell, lease or exchange all of its property and
assets, including its good will, upon such terms and conditions and for such price, rent or property, which
may be in whole or in part shares of stock in, and/or other securities of, any other corporation or
corporations, as its board of directors deems expedient and for the best interests of the corporation and all
the stockholders thereof, when and as authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
stock issued and outstanding having voting power given at a stockholders' meeting duly called for that
purpose, or when authorized by the written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting stock issued
and outstanding. The articles of incorporation may require the vote or written consent of the holders of a
larger proportion of the stock issued and outstanding but in no event more than three-fourths thereof.
13 V.I.C. § 282Surrender of Corporate Rights Before Payment of Capital and
Beginning Business
Before the payment of any part of the capital and before beginning business for which the corporation was
created, the incorporators named in the articles of incorporation, or a majority of them, may surrender all
their corporate rights and franchises, by filing in the office of the Lieutenant Governor a certificate,
verified by the oath or affirmation of a majority of the incorporators named in the articles of incorporation,
that no part of the capital has been paid and the business has not been begun, and surrendering all rights
and franchises, and thereupon the corporation shall be dissolved. A certified copy of the certificate shall be
filed in the office of the clerk of the district court in the judicial division in which the original articles of
incorporation were filed.
13 V.I.C. § 283Dissolution; Procedure
(a) If in the judgment of the board of directors, it is deemed advisable and beneficial for the corporation
that it should be dissolved, the board, within twenty days after the adoption of a resolution to that effect by
a majority of the whole board at any meeting called for that purpose, of which meeting every director shall
have received at least three days' notice, shall cause notice of the adoption of the resolution to be mailed to
each stockholder of record having voting power, and also beginning with said twenty days cause a like
notice to be published in a newspaper of general circulation published in the United States Virgin Islands,
at least four weeks successively, once a week, next preceding the time appointed for the same, of a meeting
of the stockholders to be held at the office of the corporation, to take action upon the resolution so adopted
by the board of directors, which meeting shall be convened between the hours of ten o'clock in the
forenoon and three o'clock in the afternoon of the day so named and which meeting may, on the day so
appointed by consent of a majority in interest of the stockholders present, be adjourned from time to time,
for not less than eight days at any one time, of which adjourned meeting notice by advertisement in said
newspaper shall be given.
(b) If, at any such meeting, two-thirds of all the stockholders having voting power shall consent that a
dissolution shall take place and signify their consent in writing, such consent, together with a list of the
names and residence of the directors and officers, certified by the president and the secretary or treasurer,
shall be filed in the office of the Lieutenant Governor.
(c) The Lieutenant Governor, upon being satisfied by due proof that the requirements aforesaid have been
complied with, shall issue a certificate that such consent has been filed, and the board of directors shall
cause such certificate to be published four weeks consecutively, at least once a week, in a newspaper of
general circulation; and upon the filing in the office of the Lieutenant Governor of an affidavit that the said
certificate has been so published, the corporation shall be dissolved and the directors shall proceed to
settle up and adjust its business and its affairs as provided in sections 285 and 286 of this title.
(d) Whenever all the stockholders shall consent in writing to a dissolution, no meeting or notice thereof
shall be necessary, but on filing such consent in the office of the Lieutenant Governor he shall forthwith
issue a certificate of dissolution, which shall be published as above provided.
(e) Whenever the Lieutenant Governor issues a certificate of dissolution it shall be filed in the office of the
clerk of the district court in the judicial division in which the principal office of the corporation was
maintained.
(f) Whenever a corporate or trade name has been abandoned through dissolution or otherwise for 5
consecutive years or more, the Lieutenant Governor shall make such names available to any new business
or corporation or businesses or corporations desiring the use of such names.
History: Amended Oct. 23, 1980, No. 4498, § 15b, Sess. L. 1980, p. 230.
13 V.I.C. § 284Payment of Taxes Before Dissolution
No certificate of dissolution shall be issued under the provisions of section 283 of this title until all taxes,
penalties or fees due to or assessable by Government of the United States Virgin Islands have been paid by
the corporation and the Commissioner of Finance shall have so certified.
13 V.I.C. § 285Continuation of Corporation After Dissolution For Purposes of
Actions and Winding Up Affairs
All corporations, whether they expire by their own limitation or are otherwise dissolved, shall nevertheless
be continued, for the term of three years from such expiration or dissolution, bodies corporate for the
purpose of prosecuting and defending actions by or against them, and of enabling them gradually to settle
and close their business, to dispose of and convey their property, and to divide their capital stock, but not
for the purpose of continuing the business for which the corporation shall have been established. With
respect to any action or proceeding begun or commenced by or against the corporation prior to the
expiration or dissolution and with respect to any action or proceeding begun or commenced by or against
the corporation within three years after the date of the expiration or dissolution, the corporation shall, only
for the purpose of such actions or proceedings so begun or commenced, be continued bodies corporate
beyond the three-year period and until any judgments, orders, or decrees therein shall be fully executed.
13 V.I.C. § 286Directors As Trustees of Dissolving Corporation
(a) Upon the dissolution in any manner of any corporation the directors then in office shall be liquidating
trustees thereof, with full power to settle the affairs, collect the outstanding debts, sell and convey the
property and divide the moneys and other property among the stockholders, after paying its debts as far as
such money and property shall enable them; they shall have power to meet and act under the bylaws of the
corporation and, under regulations to be made by a majority of said trustees, to prescribe the terms and
conditions of the sale of such property, and may sell all or any part for cash, or partly on credit, or take
mortgages and bonds for part of the purchase price for all or any part of said property.
(b) The directors, constituted liquidating trustees as aforesaid, shall have authority to sue for and recover
the aforesaid debts and property, by the name of the corporation, and shall be suable by the same name, or
in their own names or individual capacities for the debts owing by such corporation, and shall be jointly
and severally responsible for such debts, to the amount of the moneys and property of the corporation
which shall come to their hands or possession as such trustees.
13 V.I.C. § 287Appointment of Trustees By Court On Creditor's Or Stockholder's
Application
When any corporation shall be dissolved in any manner whatever, the district court, on application of any
creditor or stockholder at any time, may either continue the directors as liquidating trustees as aforesaid,
or appoint one or more persons to be receivers of such corporation, to take charge of the estate and effects
thereof and to collect the debts and property due and belonging to the corporation, with power to
prosecute and defend, in the name of the corporation or otherwise, all actions necessary or proper for the
purpose aforesaid, and to appoint an agent or agents under them, and to do all other acts which might be
done by such corporation, of its unfinished business; and the powers of such trustees or receivers may be
continued as long as the court shall think necessary for such purpose.
13 V.I.C. § 288Revocation Or Forfeiture of Articles of Incorporation; Proceedings
(a) An action for any one or more of the following causes, to procure a judgment dissolving a corporation
created by or under this chapter, and forfeiting its corporate rights and franchises; or its license to do
business within the United States Virgin Islands, if it be a foreign corporation, may be maintained in the
district court by the United States attorney in the name and in behalf of the government of the United
States Virgin Islands, or by a creditor or stockholder upon proof to the court that the United States
attorney omits for thirty days after the submission of a verified statement of the facts to maintain such an
action-
(1) where the corporation is insolvent, as evidenced by a return of no property found in execution, or
by a judgment or decree in insolvency proceedings or an adjudication of bankruptcy; or
(2) where it has suspended its ordinary and lawful business, for at least one year; or
(3) where it is a party to an illegal combination in restraint of trade; or
(4) where the law imposes the penalty of dissolution; or
(5) where it has violated any provision of the law under which it was incorporated; or
(6) where it has done or omitted any act which amounts to a surrender of its corporate rights,
privileges, and franchises; or
(7) where it exercises a right, privilege, or franchise not conferred upon it by law; or
(8) where the incorporation, or any renewal or modification thereof, was procured by a fraudulent
suggestion or concealment of a material fact by any of the persons incorporated or with their
knowledge and consent.
(b) If it is determined that a corporation against which an action has been commenced under this section
has forfeited its corporate rights, privileges, and franchises, judgment shall be given that such corporation
be excluded therefrom, and that the corporation be dissolved.
(c) A judgment in any action under this section in respect to costs may be enforced by execution as a
judgment which requires the payment of money. In all other respects, obedience to the judgment may be
enforced by attachment of the body of any or all of the officers or members of the defendant corporation
who refuse or neglect obedience thereto.
(d) The district court shall have power, by appointment of receivers or otherwise, to administer and
liquidate the affairs of any corporation, whose articles of incorporation shall be revoked or forfeited under
the provisions of this section, and to make such orders and decrees with respect thereto as shall be just
and equitable respecting its affairs, business property and assets and the rights of the stockholders and
creditors thereof.
(e) No proceeding shall be instituted under this section for non-use of any corporation's powers, privileges
or franchises during the first two years after its incorporation.
13 V.I.C. § 289Filing Decree of Forfeiture Or Dissolution
Whenever any corporation is dissolved or its articles of incorporation forfeited by decree or judgment of a
competent court, a certified copy of the decree or judgment shall be forthwith filed in the office of the
Lieutenant Governor by the clerk of the court in which the decree or judgment shall be entered.
13 V.I.C. § 290Wages; Preferred Liabilities
In the administration, liquidation or distribution of the property of any corporation upon its voluntary or
involuntary dissolution, or upon revocation of its articles of incorporation or forfeiture of its corporate
existence, after payment of necessary costs and expenses of preserving its assets, wages or commissions
earned by employees or salesmen of the corporation within six months before the date of such dissolution,
revocation or forfeiture of its corporate existence, shall have priority over unsecured creditors. The terms
"employees" or "salesmen" shall not be construed to include any of the officers of the corporation.
13 V.I.C. § 311Revocation of Voluntary Dissolution
(a) At any time prior to the expiration of three years following the dissolution of a corporation pursuant to
the provisions of section 283 of this title, a corporation may revoke the voluntary dissolution proceeding
theretofore taken by proceeding in the following manner-
(1) The board of directors shall adopt a resolution recommending that the voluntary dissolution
proceedings be revoked and directing that the question of the revocation be submitted to a vote at a
special meeting of stockholders.
(2) Notice of the meeting, stating that the purpose or one of the purposes of the meeting is to consider
the advisability of revoking the voluntary proceedings, shall be mailed, by first class mail to each
stockholder having voting power, at least 20 days before the date fixed in the notice for the meeting.
(3) At the meeting a vote of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat shall be taken on a resolution to
revoke the voluntary dissolution proceedings, which shall require for its adoption the affirmative vote
of the holders of at least two-thirds of all the stock having voting power.
(4) Upon the adoption of the resolution, a statement of revocation of voluntary dissolution proceedings
shall be executed by the corporation by its president or a vice-president and by its secretary or an
assistant secretary, and verified by one of the officers signing the statement, which statement shall set
forth-
(A) the name of the corporation;
(B) the names and respective addresses of its officers;
(C) the names and respective addresses of its directors;
(D) a copy of the resolution adopted by the stockholders revoking the voluntary dissolution
proceedings previously taken by the corporation;
(E) the number of shares outstanding having voting power; and
(F) the number of shares voted for and against the resolution, respectively.
(b) In lieu of the proceeding specified in subsection (a) of this section, the voluntary dissolution
proceedings theretofore taken by a corporation may be revoked by proceeding in the following manner-
Upon the execution of a consent in writing, signed by all the stockholders having voting power, to a
revocation of the voluntary dissolution proceedings previously taken by the corporation, no meeting of
directors or stockholders shall be necessary, but the consent shall be filed in the office of the
Lieutenant Governor, accompanied by a statement executed by the corporation by its president or a
vice-president and by its secretary or an assistant secretary, and verified by one of the officers signing
the statement, setting forth-
(A) the name of the corporation;
(B) the names and respective addresses of its officers;
(C) the names and respective addresses of its directors;
(D) a copy of the written consent signed by all stockholders having voting power revoking the
voluntary dissolution proceedings; and
(E) that the written consent has been signed by all stockholders of the corporation having voting
power or signed in their names by their attorney or attorneys thereunto duly authorized.
(c) Upon the filing in the office of the Lieutenant Governor of a statement of revocation of voluntary
dissolution proceedings, whether by vote of the stockholders or by unanimous written consent, the
Lieutenant Governor upon being satisfied that the requirements of this section have been complied with,
shall issue his certificate that the voluntary dissolution proceedings previously taken by the corporation
have been revoked, and the certificate of the Lieutenant Governor shall be filed in the office of the clerk of
the district court in the judicial division in which the principal office of the corporation was maintained, and
thereupon the revocation of the voluntary dissolution proceedings shall become effective and the
corporation may again carry on its business.
(d) If, after the dissolution proceedings become effective, any other corporation organized under the laws
of the United States Virgin Islands shall have adopted the same name as the corporation, or shall have
adopted a name so nearly similar thereto as not to distinguish it from the corporation, then, in such case,
the corporation shall not be reinstated under the same name which it bore when its dissolution proceedings
became effective, but shall adopt and be reinstated under some other name which, under existing law,
could be adopted by a corporation formed and organized under the provisions of this chapter, and in such
case the certificate to be filed under the provisions of this section shall set forth the name borne by the
corporation at the time its dissolution proceedings became effective and the new name under which the
corporation is to be reinstated.
(e) Nothing in this section shall be construed to terminate or affect the authority or power of the district
court in any proceeding under this chapter.
13 V.I.C. § 312Renewal, Revival, Extension, Etc., of Corporate Existence
(a) Any corporation existing under the laws of the United States Virgin Islands may, at any time before the
expiration of the time limited for its existence and any corporation existing under the laws of the United
States Virgin Islands whose articles of incorporation have become inoperative by law and any corporation
existing under the laws of the United States Virgin Islands whose articles of incorporation have expired by
reason of failure to renew the same or whose articles of incorporation have been renewed, but, through
failure to comply strictly with the provisions of this chapter, the validity of such renewal has been brought
into question, may at any time procure an extension, restoration, renewal or revival of its articles of
incorporation, subject to all of its duties, debts and liabilities which had been secured or imposed by its
original articles of incorporation and all amendments thereto.
(b) The extension, restoration, renewal or revival of the articles of incorporation may be procured by filing
with the Lieutenant Governor a certificate of any two of its last acting officers or other officers to be
elected as provided in subsection (h) of this section, duly sworn or affirmed to by such officers before any
person authorized by the laws of the United States Virgin Islands to administer oaths. The certificate shall
not be executed by any officer and his assistant officer, as for instance a secretary and an assistant
secretary, and the two officers executing the certificate shall not be one and the same person.
(c) The certificate prescribed in subsection (b) of this section shall state-
(1) the name of the corporation, which name shall be the existing name of the corporation or the name
it bore when its articles of incorporation expired, except as otherwise provided in subsection (f) of this
section;
(2) the name of the town and the address therein at which its principal office or place of business
within the United States Virgin Islands is located and the name and address within the United States
Virgin Islands of its resident agent;
(3) whether or not the renewal, restoration or revival is to be perpetual and if not perpetual the time
for which the renewal, restoration or revival is to continue and, in case of renewal before the
expiration of the time limited for its existence, the date when the renewal is to commence, which shall
be prior to the date of the expiration of the old articles of incorporation which it is desired to renew;
(4) that the corporation desiring to be renewed or revived and so renewing or reviving its articles of
incorporation was duly organized under the laws of the United States Virgin Islands;
(5) the date when the articles of incorporation of the corporation would expire, if such is the case, or
such other facts as may show that the articles of incorporation have become inoperative or void or
that the validity of any renewal has been brought into question; and
(6) that the certificate for renewal or revival is filed by authority of those who were directors or
managers of the corporation at the time its articles of incorporation expired or who were elected
directors or managers of the corporation as provided in subsection (h) of this section.
(d) The certificate shall be filed in the office of the Lieutenant Governor, who shall furnish a certified copy
of the same under his hand and seal of office. The certified copy shall be filed in the office of the clerk of
the district court in the judicial division in which the principal office of the corporation is maintained. The
certificate or a copy thereof duly certified by the Lieutenant Governor shall be evidenced in all courts of the
United States Virgin Islands.
(e) Upon the filing of the certified copy the corporation shall be renewed and revived with the same force
and effect as if its articles of incorporation had not become inoperative and void or had not expired by
limitation. Such reinstatement shall validate all contracts, acts, matters and things made, done and
performed within the scope of its articles of incorporation by the corporation, its officers and agents during
the time when its articles of incorporation were inoperative or void or after its expiration by limitation, with
the same force and effect and to all intents and purposes as if the articles of incorporation had at all times
remained in full force and effect. All real and personal property, rights and credits, which belonged to the
corporation at the time its articles of incorporation became inoperative or void, or expired by limitation and
which were not disposed of prior to the time of its revival or renewal shall be vested in the corporation,
after its revival and renewal, as fully and amply as they were held by the corporation at and before the time
its articles of incorporation became inoperative or void or expired by limitation, and the corporation after
its renewal and revival shall be as exclusively liable for all contracts, acts, matters and things made, done
or performed in its name and on its behalf by its officers and agents prior to its reinstatement, as if its
articles of incorporation had at all times remained in full force and effect.
(f) If, after the articles of incorporation became inoperative or void for nonpayment of taxes or expired by
limitation, any other corporation organized under the laws of the United States Virgin Islands shall have
adopted the same name as the corporation sought to be renewed or revived or shall have adopted a name
so nearly similar thereto as not to distinguish it from the corporation renewed or revived under the
provisions of this section, then, in such case, the renewed or revived corporation shall not be renewed
under the same name which it bore when its articles of incorporation became inoperative or void or expired
but shall adopt and be renewed under some other name which, under existing law, could be adopted by a
corporation formed and organized under the provisions of this chapter and in such case the certificate to
be filed under the provisions of this section shall set forth the name borne by the corporation at the time its
articles of incorporation became inoperative or void or expired and the new name under which the
corporation is to be renewed or revived.
(g) Any corporation seeking to renew or revive its articles of incorporation under the provisions of this
chapter shall pay to the Government of the United States Virgin Islands in lieu of and in full satisfaction of
all taxes and penalties thereon due such government a sum equal to all taxes and penalties thereon due at
the time its articles of incorporation became inoperative and void for nonpayment of taxes, or expired by
limitation or otherwise.
(h) If only one or more of the last acting officers of any corporation desiring to renew or revive its articles
of incorporation is available by reason of death, unknown address or refusal or neglect to act at the time of
its renewal, the directors of the corporation, or those remaining on the board if not less than three, may
elect a successor to the officer or officers who are dead or whose addresses are unknown or who refuse or
neglect to act. In any case where there shall be less than three directors of the corporation available for the
purposes aforesaid, by reason of death, unknown address or refusal or neglect to act, the stockholders of
the corporation may elect as many directors as may be necessary, together with the directors who are
ready and willing to act, to constitute a board of three directors or they may elect a full board of directors,
as provided by the bylaws of the corporation, and the board may elect successors to the officers who are
deceased or whose addresses are unknown or who refuse or neglect to act. A meeting of the directors of
the corporation for the election of officers may be called by any officer or any director upon ten days'
written notice delivered personally or mailed to the last known post-office address of each director. A
meeting of the stockholders for the purpose of electing directors may be called by any officer, director or
stockholder upon ten days' written notice delivered or mailed to the last known post-office address of each
stockholder. Any two of the officers may then take all steps and do all things necessary and proper to be
done for the renewal or revival of the existence of the corporation as provided in this section.
(i) After a renewal or revival of the articles of incorporation of the corporation shall have been effected, the
two officers who signed the certificate of renewal or revival shall, jointly, forthwith call a meeting of the
stockholders of the corporation upon not less than ten days' written notice, and at the meeting the
stockholders shall elect a full board of directors, which board shall then elect such officers as are provided
by law, by the articles of incorporation or the bylaws to conduct and carry on the business of the
corporation.
13 V.I.C. § 313Status of Corporation
Any corporation desiring to renew, extend and continue its corporate existence shall, upon complying with
the provisions of section 312 of this title, be and continue for the time stated in its certificate of renewal a
corporation and shall, in addition to the rights, privileges and immunities conferred by its original articles
of incorporation, possess and enjoy all the benefits of this chapter which are applicable to the nature of its
business, and shall be subject to the restrictions and liabilities by this chapter imposed on such
corporations.
13 V.I.C. § 341Jurisdiction of District Court of the United States Virgin Islands
The District Court of the United States Virgin Islands shall have jurisdiction over the directors, managers,
trustees and other officers of a corporation organized under this chapter, and of any foreign corporation
admitted to do business in the United States Virgin Islands, to-
(1) compel such directors, managers, trustees and other officers to account for their official conduct in the
management and disposition of the funds, property and business committed to their charge;
(2) order, decree and compel payment by them to the corporation which they represent, and to its creditors
of all sums of money and all the value of all property which they may have acquired to themselves, or
transferred to others, or may have lost or wasted by any violation of their duties or abuse of their powers,
by such directors, managers, trustees or other officers of such corporation;
(3) enjoin any director, trustee, manager or other officer from exercising his office whensoever it shall
appear that he has abused his trust;
(4) remove any such director, trustee or other officer upon proof or conviction of gross misconduct;
(5) direct, if necessary, new elections to be held by the body or board or stockholders, duly authorized for
that purpose, to supply any vacancy created by such removal, and at such election no person so removed or
suspended shall be eligible as a director, trustee or other officer of such corporation; and
(6) restrain and prevent any alienation of property of the corporation by said directors, trustees or other
officers in cases where it may be threatened, or there is good reason to apprehend that it is intended to be
made in fraud of the rights and interests of such corporation.
13 V.I.C. § 342Institution of Actions Under Section 341
An action as prescribed in section 341 of this title may be brought by the United States attorney in behalf
of the Government of the United States Virgin Islands or by a creditor or stockholder of the corporation, or
by a trustee, director, manager, or other officer of the corporation, having a general superintendence of its
concerns.
13 V.I.C. § 343Failure of Corporation to Obey Court Order; Appointment of
Receiver
Whenever any corporation refuses, fails, or neglects to obey any order or decree of a competent court
within the time fixed by the court for its observance, such refusal, failure or neglect shall be a sufficient
ground for the appointment of a receiver of the corporation. If the corporation be a foreign corporation,
such refusal, failure or neglect shall be a sufficient ground for the appointment of a receiver of the assets of
the corporation within the United States Virgin Islands.
13 V.I.C. § 344Actions Against Officers, Directors Or Stockholders to Enforce
Liability of Corporation; Unsatisfied Judgment Against Corporation
(a) When the officers, directors or stockholders of any corporation are liable to pay the debts of the
corporation, or any part thereof, any action to enforce such liability shall be a class action for the benefit of
all creditors to which the corporation if in existence shall be a party.
(b) No suit shall be brought against any officer, director or stockholder for any debt or liability of a
corporation, of which he is an officer, director or stockholder, until judgment be obtained therefor against
the corporation, nor after three years from the date of such judgment and any such officer, director or
stockholder may set up any defense which the corporation might have asserted against such debt or
liability. The subsection does not apply to suits brought against officers or directors of a corporation in
dissolution or liquidation for maladministration of their duties under subchapter X of this chapter.
13 V.I.C. § 345Liabilities of Corporations; Impairment By Certain Transactions
The liability of corporations created under the laws of the United States Virgin Islands or of the
stockholders, directors or officers thereof, or the rights or remedies of the creditors thereof, or of persons
doing or transacting business with the corporation, shall not in any way be lessened or impaired by the sale
of the control or assets thereof, or by the increase or decrease in the capital stock of any such corporation,
or by the consolidation or merger of two or more corporations, or by any change or amendment in the
articles of incorporation except, with respect to the liability of directors for any change or amendment to
add provisions authorized by section 2(b)(4) of this title.
History: Amended Aug. 17, 1993, No. 5880, § 4(a)(2), Sess. L. 1993, p. 165.
13 V.I.C. § 346Defective Organization As a Defense
(a) No corporation organized under the laws of the United States Virgin Islands shall be permitted to set
up, or rely upon the want of legal organization as a defense to any action against it, and no person
transacting business with the corporation, or sued for injury done to its property, shall be permitted to rely
upon such want of legal organization as a defense.
(b) This section shall not be construed to prevent judicial inquiry into the regularity or validity of the
organization of the corporation or its lawful possession of any corporate power it may undertake to assert
in any other action or proceeding where its corporate existence or the power to exercise the corporate
rights it asserts is challenged, and evidence tending to sustain the challenge shall be admissible in any
such action or proceeding.
13 V.I.C. § 347Usury As a Defense
No corporation or general or limited partnership shall plead any law against usury in any court as a
defense in any action instituted to enforce the payment of any bond, note or other evidence of indebtedness
issued or assumed by such entity.
History: Amended June 29, 1981, No. 4603, Sess. L. 1981, p. 99.
13 V.I.C. § 348Service of Process On Corporations
In case legal process against a corporation cannot by due diligence be served upon any person authorized
to receive it, such process, including the complaint, may be served in duplicate upon the Lieutenant
Governor, which service shall be effectual for all purposes of law. Within two days after service upon the
Lieutenant Governor, he shall notify the corporation thereof by letter directed to the corporation at its last
registered office, in which letter shall be enclosed a copy of the process, the complaint or other papers
served. In any action in which the process shall be so served the plaintiff shall pay to the Lieutenant
Governor the sum of twenty-five dollars ($25.00), which sum shall be taxed as a part of the costs in the
action if the plaintiff shall prevail therein. The Lieutenant Governor shall enter alphabetically in a process
book, kept for that purpose, the name of plaintiff and defendant, the title and number, if any, of the cause
in which process has been served upon him, and day and hour when the service was made.
History: Amended Aug. 17, 1999, No. 6287, § 13, Sess. L. 1999, p. 46.
13 V.I.C. § 371Domestic Corporations; Annual Reports
(a) Every corporation created under the laws of the United States Virgin Islands shall file annually in the
office of the Lieutenant Governor, a report authenticated by the signature of the president or the vice-
president and of the treasurer or the assistant treasurer. The report shall contain-
(1) a true and exact statement of the amount of the corporation's capital which is used in conducting
business within the United States Virgin Islands;
(2) a true and exact general balance sheet showing the financial condition of the corporation at the
close of its last fiscal year;
(3) a profit and loss statement for the last fiscal year of the corporation; and
(4) such other information relating thereto as may be required by the Lieutenant Governor.
There shall be included in the report a list of the names and addresses of all the directors and
officers of the corporation and the expiration of their terms of office.
The reporting requirements of paragraphs (2) and (3) of this subsection shall not apply to a
VIFSC as defined in chapter 12 of this title.
(b) Every corporation required to file an annual report pursuant to this section shall submit such report as
prescribed by the provisions of section 531(b) of this title.
History: Amended Feb. 1, 1985, No. 5037, § 2, Sess. L. 1984, p. 460; Oct. 21, 1988, No. 5369, § 4(b), Sess.
L. 1988, p. 257; Jan. 1, 2002, No. 6490, § 1(a), Sess. L. 2001, p. 374.
13 V.I.C. § 372Penalties For Failure to File Report
If the corporation fails to render such report, or to amend it whenever the Lieutenant Governor finds the
report incomplete or unsatisfactory and requires that it be amended, the Lieutenant Governor shall refer
the matter to the United States attorney who may institute a criminal action against the corporation. If
convicted, the corporation shall be fined not more than $500 and costs; and the court shall order the
directors and the officers of the corporation to file or amend the report or the copy, as the case may be,
within the time specified in such order. Failure to obey the order shall be punished as contempt of court.
13 V.I.C. § 373Foreign Corporations; Annual Reports
Every foreign corporation which has qualified to do business in the United States Virgin Islands shall file
annually in the office of the Lieutenant Governor, not later than April 15, a report authenticated by the
signature of the president or the vice-president and of the treasurer or the assistant treasurer. The report
shall contain-
(1) a true and exact statement of the amount of the corporation's capital which is used in conducting
business within the United States Virgin Islands;
(2) a true and exact general balance sheet showing the financial condition of the corporation at the close of
its last fiscal year;
(3) a profit and loss statement for the last fiscal year of the corporation; and
(4) such other information related thereto as may be required by the Lieutenant Governor.
There shall be included in the report a list of the names and addresses of all the directors and officers of
the corporation and the expiration dates of their terms of office.
13 V.I.C. § 374Penalties; Revocation of Authorization
If any foreign corporation fails to file the report required by section 373 of this title, or refuses to file or to
amend such report whenever the Lieutenant Governor finds the report incomplete or unsatisfactory and
requires that it be amended, the Lieutenant Governor shall refer the matter to the United States attorney,
who may institute a criminal action against the corporation. If convicted, the corporation shall be fined not
more than $500 and costs. The court shall also suspend the authorization of the corporation to do business
in the United States Virgin Islands, and shall order the corporation to file or amend the report or the copy,
as the case may be, within the time specified in the order. Failure to obey such order shall be cause for
revocation of the authorization granted to the corporation to do business in the United States Virgin
Islands. Any corporation doing business in the United States Virgin Islands after the suspension or
revocation of such authorization shall be subject to the penalties prescribed by section 406 of this title.
13 V.I.C. § 375Extensions
The Lieutenant Governor may, in special cases, grant an extension of time that shall not exceed thirty days
from the date fixed for the filing of the annual reports of domestic or foreign corporations doing business in
the United States Virgin Islands. The extension will be granted only after it has been determined, upon
application filed on time, that the corporation will not be able, for good and sufficient reasons, to file its
annual report within the time fixed by law. The provisions of section 372 or 374 of this title, whichever is
applicable, shall be applied to any corporation that has been granted an extension of time but has failed to
file its annual report within such extended time.
13 V.I.C. § 401Qualification to Do Business In the United States Virgin Islands
(a) No corporation created by the laws of any foreign country or any state of the United States, or the laws
of the United States, shall do any business in the United States Virgin Islands through or by branch offices,
agents or representatives located in the United States Virgin Islands until it shall have filed in the office of
the Lieutenant Governor a certified copy of its charter or certificate of incorporation, a certificate signed by
its president or vice president and under its corporate seal, attested by its secretary or assistant secretary,
stating the name of its authorized agent in the United States Virgin Islands upon whom service of legal
process against it may be made, and a sworn statement of the assets, liabilities and capital stock (both
authorized and paid up) of the corporation at the close of its last fiscal year. For filing said documents the
Lieutenant Governor shall charge the fees prescribed in section 431(a)(8) of this title.
(b) The certificate of the Lieutenant Governor under his seal of office, of the filing of the charter or
certificate of incorporation and other documents required shall be delivered to the agent of the corporation
upon the payment to the Lieutenant Governor of the usual fees for making certified copies, and the
certificate shall be prima facie evidence of the right of the corporation to do business in the United States
Virgin Islands.
13 V.I.C. § 402Additional Requirements Upon Amendment of Charter, Certificate
of Incorporation, Merger, Etc
Every foreign corporation admitted to do business in the United States Virgin Islands which shall amend its
charter or articles of incorporation from time to time or shall be a party to a merger or consolidation
permitted by the laws of the state under which it is organized, shall, within 30 days after the time the
amendment or merger or consolidation becomes effective, file with the Lieutenant Governor duplicate
copies of the amendment or a copy of the articles of merger or consolidation, duly certified by the proper
officer of the country or state of the United States by which the corporation shall have been incorporated
or under the laws of which the merger or consolidation was effected.
13 V.I.C. § 403Exceptions to Requirements
No corporation created by the laws of any foreign country or any State of the United States, or the laws of
the United States shall be deemed to be doing business in the United States Virgin Islands, nor shall the
corporation be required to comply with the provisions of sections 401 and 402 of this title under the
following conditions, or any of them, namely if-
(1) it is in the mail order or a similar business, merely receiving orders by mail or otherwise in pursuance
of letters, circulars, catalogs, or other forms of advertising, or solicitation, accepting the orders outside the
United States Virgin Islands and filling them with goods shipped into the United States Virgin Islands from
without same;
(2) it sells, by contract consummated outside the United States Virgin Islands, and agrees, by the contract,
to deliver into from without the United States Virgin Islands machinery, plants or equipment, the
construction, erection or installation of which within the United States Virgin Islands requires the
supervision of technical engineers or skilled employees performing services not generally available, and as
a part of the contract of sale agrees to furnish such services, and such services only, to the vendee at the
time of construction, erection or installation.
History: Amended Dec. 13, 1986, No. 5225, § 15, Sess. L. 1986, p. 374.
13 V.I.C. § 404Service of Process On Foreign Corporation
All process issued out of any court of the United States Virgin Islands against any corporation which has
qualified to do business in the United States Virgin Islands, all orders made by any court of the United
States Virgin Islands, all rules and notices of any kind required to be served on or given to any corporation,
may be served on or given to the agent of the corporation designated in accordance with section 401 or
405 of this title or if at the time such corporation shall have no such agent, then on or to the Lieutenant
Governor or an official designated by him to receive such service or notice, and such service or notice shall
be as effectual and shall operate as if it had been served on or given to the corporation.
13 V.I.C. § 405Change of Agent Upon Whom Process May Be Served
(a) Any foreign corporation, which has qualified to do business in the United States Virgin Islands by filing
a certificate of the same kind and nature, and executed as required by section 401 of this title, may change
its agent and substitute another agent for the purposes of this chapter. Every agent shall at the time of his
appointment be an individual resident in the United States Virgin Islands or a corporation located in the
United States Virgin Islands.
(b) Any individual or corporation that has been designated by a foreign corporation as its authorized agent
for service of process may resign by filing with the Lieutenant Governor a signed statement that he or it is
unwilling to continue to act as the agent of the corporation for service of process, including in the
statement the post-office address of the corporation. Upon the expiration of 30 days after the filing of the
statement with the Lieutenant Governor, the capacity of the individual or corporation, as agent, shall
terminate. Upon the filing of the statement, the Lieutenant Governor forthwith shall give written notice, by
mail to the corporation of the filing of the statement, which notice shall be addressed to the corporation at
the post-office address given in the statement.
(c) If any agent designated and certified as required by section 401 of this title dies or removes from the
United States Virgin Islands, or resigns, then the foreign corporation for which the agent had been so
designated and certified shall, within ten days after the death, removal or resignation of its agent,
substitute, designate and certify to the Lieutenant Governor the name of another agent for the purposes of
this chapter and all process, orders, rules and notices mentioned in section 404 of this title may be served
on or given to the substituted agent with like effect as is prescribed in said section.
13 V.I.C. § 406Violations and Penalties
Any foreign corporation engaged in, prosecuting, or transacting any business of any kind within the United
States Virgin Islands without first having complied with sections 401-405 of this title shall be fined not
more than $500 for each such offense. Any agent of any foreign corporation that shall transact any
business with the United States Virgin Islands for any foreign corporation before the foreign corporation
has complied with all of said sections, shall be fined not more than $500 for each such offense.
13 V.I.C. § 407Withdrawal of Foreign Corporation; Service of Process
(a) Any foreign corporation which shall have qualified to do business in the United States Virgin Islands
under the provisions of section 401 of this title may surrender its authority to do business in the United
States Virgin Islands and may withdraw therefrom by filing with the Lieutenant Governor a-
(1) certificate signed by its president or a vice-president and under its corporate seal attested by its
secretary or an assistant secretary setting forth (A) that it surrenders its authority to transact business
in the United States Virgin Islands and withdraws therefrom; and (B) the address to which the
Lieutenant Governor may mail any process against the corporation that may be served upon it; or
(2) copy of a certificate of dissolution issued by the proper official of the country or state of
incorporation, certified to be a true copy under the hand and official seal of the official, accompanied
by the information required by clause (B)clause (B) of paragraph (1) subsection; or
(3) copy of an order or decree of dissolution made by any court of competent jurisdiction or other
competent authority of the country or state of incorporation, certified to be a true copy under the hand
of the clerk of the court or other official body, and the official seal of the court or official body or clerk
thereof accompanied by the information required by clause (B) of paragraph (1) of this subsection.
(b) The Lieutenant Governor shall, upon payment to him of the fees prescribed in section 431 of this title
issue a sufficient number of certificates, under its official seal, evidencing the surrender of the authority of
the corporation to do business in the United States Virgin Islands and its withdrawal therefrom. One of the
certificates shall be furnished to the corporation withdrawing and surrendering its right to do business in
the United States Virgin Islands; one certificate shall be delivered to each agent of the corporation
designated as such immediately prior to the withdrawal.
(c) Upon the issuance of the certificates by the Lieutenant Governor, the appointment of the authorized
agent or agents of the corporation in the United States Virgin Islands upon whom process against the
corporation may be served, shall be revoked and the corporation shall be deemed to have consented that
service of process in any action based upon any cause of action arising in the United States Virgin Islands
during the time the corporation was authorized to transact business in the United States Virgin Islands,
may thereafter be made by service upon the Lieutenant Governor.
(d) In the event of service upon the Lieutenant Governor, the Lieutenant Governor shall forthwith notify the
corporation thereof by registered mail directed to the corporation at the address filed with the Lieutenant
Governor as provided in subsection (a)(1)(B) of this section, accompanied by a copy of the process,
complaint or other papers served upon him. The plaintiff in any action shall serve process or other papers
in duplicate and pay to the Lieutenant Governor the sum of twenty-five dollars ($25) for the use of the
Government of the United States Virgin Islands, which sum shall be taxed as part of the costs in the action,
if the plaintiff shall prevail therein. The Lieutenant Governor shall enter alphabetically in a process book,
kept for that purpose, the name of plaintiff and defendant, the title and number, if any, of the cause in
which process has been served upon him, and the day and hour when the service was made.
(e) No certificates shall be issued under the provisions of this section until all taxes, penalties, or fees due
or assessable by the Government of the United States Virgin Islands have been paid by the corporation and
the Commissioner of Finance shall have so certified.
History: Amended Feb. 7, 1969, No. 2386, Sess. L. 1969, p. 11; Aug. 17, 1999, No. 6287, § 13, Sess. L.
1999, p. 46.
13 V.I.C. § 431Fees Payable Upon Filing of Articles Or Other Papers
(a) The Lieutenant Governor shall charge and collect, for the use of the Government of the United States
Virgin Islands, the following fees upon the receipt for filing of any certificate or other paper relating to
corporations-
(1) For filing original articles of incorporation, the fee shall be computed on the basis of one-third of a
cent for each share of authorized capital stock having par value up to and including 20,000 shares,
one-fourth of a cent for each share in excess of 20,000 shares up to and including 200,000 shares, and
one-fifth of a cent for each share in excess of 200,000 shares; one-third of a cent for each share of
authorized capital stock without par value up to and including 20,000 shares, one-fourth of a cent for
each share in excess of 20,000 shares up to and including 2,000,000 shares, and one-fifth of a cent for
each share in excess of 2,000,000 shares. For the purpose of computing the fee on par value stock
each $100 unit of the authorized capital stock shall be counted as one assessable share. Except in the
case of a corporation which declares at the time of filing its original articles of incorporation, its
intention to elect to become a Virgin Islands foreign sales corporation as defined in subpart C of part
III of subchapter N of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (Title 26, United States Code) or
to be considered an exempt company as defined in chapter 14 of this titlepart IIIe shall be not less
chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954ch doeTitle 26, United States Codebe $400. In the case
of a corporation which, at the tichapter 14d its original articles of incorporation did not declare its
intention to elect to become a Virgin Islands foreign sales corporation (including any corporation
which filed its original articles of incorporation on or before the effective date of the section of this act
which added this sentence), but which subsequently does so elect, within ten (10) days of such
corporation's first such election, said corporation shall pay to the Lieutenant Governor an additional
fee of $500. A corporation which includes in its original articles of incorporation, or in any
amendments to such articles a specific statement that it may undertake the business of a "Virgin
Islands foreign sales corporation" or that it may elect to become a "Virgin Islands foreign sales
corporation" shall be deemed to have declared its intent to elect to become a Virgin Islands foreign
sales corporation.
(2) For filing a certificate of amendment of articles of incorporation, or amended articles of
incorporation before payment of capital, increasing the authorized capital stock of a corporation, the
fee shall be an amount equal to the difference between the fee computed at the foregoing rates upon
the total authorized capital stock of the corporation including the proposed increase, and the fee
computed at the foregoing rates upon the total authorized capital stock excluding the proposed
increase. In no case shall the amount paid be less than $150.
(3) For filing a certificate of consolidation or merger of two or more corporations, the fee shall be an
amount equal to the difference between the fee computed at the foregoing rates upon the total
authorized capital stock of the corporation created by the consolidation or merger, and the fee so
computed upon the aggregate amount of the total authorized capital stock of the constituent
corporations. In no case shall the amount paid be less than $150.
(4) For filing amended articles of incorporation before payment of capital and not involving an
increase of authorized capital stock, or an amendment to the articles of incorporation not involving an
increase of authorized capital stock, or a certificate of reduction of capital, or a certificate of
retirement of preferred stock, the fee to be paid shall be $25.
(5) For filing a certificate of dissolution, $25; a fee of $25 for certifying to and/or copying the
certificate.
(6) For filing a certificate or other paper of surrender and withdrawal from the United States Virgin
Islands by a foreign corporation and for certifying to and/or copying the certificate or other paper, a
fee of $100 shall be paid.
(7) For filing any certificate, affidavit, agreement or any other paper provided for by this chapter, for
which no fee is specifically prescribed, a fee of $25 in each case shall be paid.
(8) For filing the documents required of foreign corporations by section 401 of this title, a fee of $150
shall be paid, which shall include the fee for a certificate of qualification; provided that if the
statement or letter as described in section 853(a)(3) of this title is filed with the required documents,
the fee shall be $400.
(9) For certifying to and/or copying articles of incorporation, or any certificate of amendment to
articles of incorporation, or any certificate of consolidation or merger, a fee shall be paid computed on
the basis of $2 for affixing the seal of the office and one dollar per page of 30 lines, or any part
thereof. In no case shall the fee to be paid be less than $25.
(10) For filing in the office of the Lieutenant Governor any certificate of change of agent or change of
location of the principal office of a corporation, as provided in section 52 of this title, there shall be
collected and paid a fee of $25.
(11) For filing in the office of the Lieutenant Governor any certificate of change of address of resident
agent, as provided in section 53 of this title, there shall be collected and paid a fee of $25.
(12) For filing in the office of the Lieutenant Governor any duplicate certificate of change of resident
agent, as provided in section 54 of this title, there shall be collected and paid a fee of $25 and a
further fee of $25 for each corporation whose resident agent is charged by such certificate.
(13) For filing in the office of the Lieutenant Governor any certificate of resignation of a resident
agent, as provided in section 55 of this title, there shall be collected and paid a fee of $25.00 for each
corporation whose resident agent has resigned by such certificate.
(14) For certifying to and/or copying any other form of certificate provided for in this chapter, a fee
shall be paid computed on the basis of the provisions of paragraph (9) of subsection (a) of this section.
(15) For issuing certificates of good standing of corporations, there shall be collected and paid a fee of
$25 for each certificate or copy thereof.
(16) For providing and filing a copy of the contract described in sections 780 and 861 of this title, the
Office of Lieutenant Governor shall collect a fee of one hundred dollars ($100).
(17) For filing a certificate of continuation and copy of articles of incorporation prescribed in section
471 of this title, a fee of $100 plus the fee payable upon the filing of original articles of incorporation
shall be paid.
(18) For filing and examining the documents prescribed in section 472(c) of this title, a fee of $1,100
shall be paid.
(19) For filing the documents prescribed in section 472(d) of this title, an annual fee of $1,000 shall be
paid.
(20) For filing the affidavit prescribed in section 473(c) of this title, a fee of $400 shall be paid.
(b) For the purpose of computing the fees prescribed in subsection (a)(1)-(3) of this section the authorized
capital stock of a corporation shall be considered to be the total number of shares which the corporation is
authorized to issue, whether or not the total number of shares that may be outstanding at any one time be
limited to a less number.
(c) The Lieutenant Governor may issue and shall collect and receive the fees prescribed in this section on
photostatic copies of instruments furnished by his office as well as for original handwritten or typewritten
copies thereof.
(d) The fees prescribed by this section shall not apply to cooperative associations incorporated under this
chapter.
History: Amended Nov. 15, 1971, No. 3130, Sess. L. 1971, p. 370; Sept. 25, 1984, No. 4990, § 2(a), Sess. L.
1984, p. 240; Dec. 19, 1984, No. 5032, § 11, Sess. L. 1984, p. 415; Dec. 8, 1986, No. 5224, § 4, Sess. L.
1986, p. 357; Sept. 28, 1990, No. 5641, § 2, Sess. L. 1990, p. 352; Aug. 17, 1993, No. 5880, § 4, Sess. L.
1993, p. __; Oct. 13, 1993, No. 5891, § 5(a)-(n), Sess. L. 1993, p. 234; Aug. 17, 1999, No. 6287, § 18, Sess.
L. 1999, p. 47; Jan. 1, 2002, No. 6490, § 1(h), Sess. L. 2001, p. 377.
13 V.I.C. § 432Applicability of Subchapter
This subchapter shall not apply to domestic corporations organized for religious, fraternal, scientific,
benevolent, social, charitable, or educational purposes, or to foreign corporations organized for like
purposes, when not engaged in the United States Virgin Islands in the lending of money or the conducting
of any other business pursuits for profit.
13 V.I.C. § 451Application of Chapter
(a) Except as provided in Title 9 or chapter 3 of this title, all corporations organized under the laws of the
United States Virgin Islands and existing on the date this chapter becomes effective, shall be governed by
the provisions of this chapter.
(b) Except as provided in Title 9 or chapter 3 of this title, all corporations to be formed after the date upon
which this chapter becomes effective, shall be organized under, and governed by, the provisions of this
chapter.
(c) This section shall not be construed as requiring any corporation organized under the laws of the United
States Virgin Islands and existing on the date this chapter becomes effective to acquire new articles of
incorporation as provided in this chapter.
(d) Section 348 and subchapters I, III, IX, X (except section 290 of said subchapter X), XI, XIII, XIV and XV
of this chapter shall not be applicable to banks, foreign banks which have branches established in the
United States Virgin Islands, and banks incorporated under the National Bank Act (12 U.S.C. § 21 et seq.),
and laws amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto.
History: Amended Oct. 5, 1959, No. 497, § 10(a), Sess. L. 1959, p. 184; Mar. 29, 1968, No. 2127, § 2, Sess.
L. 1968, Pt. I, p. 377.
13 V.I.C. § 452Rights, Liabilities and Duties Under Prior Statutes
All rights, privileges and immunities vested or accrued, all liabilities and penalties imposed, all actions
pending, and all fees due and payable, prior to the adoption of this chapter, shall not be impaired,
diminished or affected by this chapter.
13 V.I.C. § 453Power to Amend Or Repeal Reserved; Chapter As Part of
Corporation's Charter
This chapter may be amended or repealed, at the pleasure of the Legislature, but any amendment or repeal
shall not take away or impair any remedy against any corporation under this chapter, or its officers, for any
liability which shall have been previously incurred. This chapter and all amendments thereof shall be a part
of the charter of every corporation except so far as the same are inapplicable and inappropriate to the
objects of the corporation.
13 V.I.C. § 454Preclearance of Documents to Be Filed
Any document required to be filed under this title may be submitted to the Lieutenant Governor for review
prior to the time such document is formally filed. The Lieutenant Governor shall determine whether the
document is acceptable for filing and, if it is not acceptable, shall state why it is not acceptable. The
Lieutenant Governor shall charge a fee for the preclearance of documents.
History: Added Sept. 25, 1984, No. 4990, § 2(b), Sess. L. 1984, p. 241.
13 V.I.C. § 455Telephone Information Service
The Corporate and Trade Name Division of the Office of the Lieutenant Governor shall provide information
by telephone to any person who makes a telephone request for the following information:
(1) The availability of a corporate name;
(2) Whether a corporation's certificate of incorporation or authority has been voided or revoked;
(3) The name and address of the registered agent of a corporation;
(4) The date of incorporation of a domestic corporation, or the date of qualification of a foreign corporation;
(5) The name and address of a corporation that has filed a trade name;
(6) Any other information contained in documents filed with the Corporate and Trade Name Division of the
Office of the Lieutenant Governor, which, in the discretion of the Lieutenant Governor, is readily available.
History: Added Sept. 25, 1984, No. 4990, § 2(b), Sess. L. 1984, p. 241.
13 V.I.C. § 471Transfer of Situs and Continuation of Non-Virgin Islands
Corporations
(a) As used in this section, the term:
(1) "Corporation" includes any incorporated organization, private law corporation (whether or not
organized for business purposes), public law corporation, limited liability company, limited liability
partnership, professional corporation, or professional limited liability corporation, partnership,
proprietorship, joint venture, foundation, trust, association or similar entity; and
(2) "Non-Virgin Islands corporation" means any corporation, the internal affairs of which are governed
by the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States Virgin Islands, including the laws of the
United States, any state, and any other possession or territory of the United States.
(b) Any non-Virgin Islands corporation may transfer its domicile to and be continued in the United States
Virgin Islands by filing with the office of the Lieutenant Governor:
(1) A certificate of continuation which shall be executed in accordance with subsection (g) of this
section; and
(2) A copy of its articles of incorporation (or the equivalent thereof under applicable law), certified as
true and correct by the appropriate director, officer or government official.
(c) The certificate of continuation shall contain:
(1) The date on which, and jurisdiction where, corporation was first formed, incorporated or otherwise
came into being;
(2) The name of the corporation immediately prior to the filing of the certificate of domestication;
(3) The jurisdiction that constituted the seat, siege, social or principal place of business or central
administration of the corporation, or any other equivalent thereto under applicable law, immediately
prior to the filing of the certificate of continuation.
(4) Amended articles of incorporation of the corporation, or such amendments to its articles of
incorporation (or the equivalent under applicable law) as exist immediately prior to the date of the
corporation's continuance in the United States Virgin Islands, such that the amended articles of
incorporation meet all of the provisions and requirements of section 2 of this title, including any
change in name of the corporation, as of the date of the corporation's continuance in the United States
Virgin Islands.
(d) Upon filing with the office of the Lieutenant Governor of the certificate of continuation and copy of
articles of incorporation, the corporation shall be continued in the United States Virgin Islands, and its
domicile, seat, or principal place of business shall be considered to be in the United States Virgin Islands as
set forth in its amended articles of incorporation, and the corporation shall thereafter be subject to this
title, except that notwithstanding section 6 of this title, the existence of the corporation shall be deemed to
have commenced on the date the corporation commenced its existence in the jurisdiction in which the
corporation was first formed, incorporated or otherwise came into being.
(e) The continuation of any corporation in the United States Virgin Islands shall not be deemed to affect
any obligations or liabilities of the corporation incurred prior to its continuation.
(f) The filing of a certificate of continuation shall not affect the choice of law applicable to the corporation,
except that, from the date the certificate of continuation is filed, the laws of the United States Virgin
Islands, including this title, shall apply to the corporation to the same extent as if the corporation had been
incorporated as a corporation of the United States Virgin Islands on that date.
(g) The certificate of continuation shall be signed by any corporation officer, director, trustee, manager,
partner or other person performing functions equivalent to those of an officer or director, however named
or described, and who is authorized to sign the certificate of domestication on behalf of the corporation. If
the corporation has a seal, the same shall be affixed to the certificate.
History: Added Aug. 17, 1993, No. 5880, § 3(a), Sess. L. 1993, p. 156; amended Oct. 13, 1994, No. 6029, §
3, Sess. L. 1994, p. 229; Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 3, Sess. L. 1998, p. 98.
13 V.I.C. § 472Temporary Transfer of Domicile Into the United States Virgin
Islands
(a) As used in this section:
(1) The term "corporation" shall have the same meanings as set forth in section 471(a) of this title.
(2) "Non-United States corporation" means any corporation, the internal affairs of which are governed
by the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States, any state, the District of Columbia, the
United States Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico, Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands,
or any other possession or territory of the United States.
(3) The terms "officers" and "directors" include, in addition to such persons, trustees, managers,
partners and all other persons performing functions equivalent to those of officers and directors,
however named or described in any relevant instrument.
(4) The term "emergency condition" shall be deemed to include, but not be limited to, any of the
following:
(A) War or other armed conflict;
(B) Revolution or insurrection;
(C) Invasion or occupation by foreign military forces;
(D) Rioting or civil commotion of an extended nature;
(E) Domination by a foreign power;
(F) Expropriation, nationalization or confiscation of a material part of the assets or property of
the corporation;
(G) Impairment of the institution of private property (including private property held abroad);
(H) The taking of any action under the laws of the United States whereby persons residing in the
jurisdiction, the law of which governs the internal affairs of the corporation, might be treated as
"enemies" or otherwise restricted under laws of the United States relating to trading with
enemies of the United States;
(I) The immediate threat of any of the foregoing; and
(J) Such other event which, under the law of the jurisdiction governing the internal affairs of the
corporation, permits the corporation to transfer its domicile.
(b) Any non-United States corporation may, subject to and upon compliance with this section, transfer its
domicile (which term, as used in this section, shall be deemed to refer in addition to the seat, siege, social
or principal place of business or central administration of such corporation, or any other equivalent thereto
under applicable law) into the United States Virgin Islands, and may perform the acts described in this
section, so long as the law by which the internal affairs of such corporation are governed does not
expressly prohibit such transfer.
(c) Any corporation that shall propose to transfer its domicile into the United States Virgin Islands shall
submit to the Lieutenant Governor for his review, at least 30 days prior to the proposed transfer of
domicile, the following:
(1) A copy of its articles of incorporation and bylaws (or the equivalent thereof under applicable law),
certified as true and correct by the appropriate director, officer or government official;
(2) A certificate issued by an authorized officer of the jurisdiction the law of which governs the
internal affairs of the corporation evidencing its corporate existence;
(3) A list indicating the person or persons who, in the event of a transfer pursuant to this section, shall
be the authorized officers and directors of the corporation, together with evidence of their authority to
act and their respective executed agreements in writing regarding service of process as set out in
subsection (j) of this section;
(4) A certificate executed by the appropriate officer or director of the corporation, setting forth:
(A) The name and address of its registered agent in the United States Virgin Islands;
(B) A general description of the business in which it is engaged;
(C) That the filing of such certificate has been duly authorized by any necessary corporate action
and does not violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or equivalent thereof under
applicable law) or any material agreement or instrument binding on such corporation;
(D) A list indicating the person or persons authorized to sign the written communications
required by subsection (e) of this section;
(E) An affirmance that such transfer is not expressly prohibited under the law by which the
internal affairs of the corporation are governed; and
(F) An undertaking that any transfer of domicile into the United States Virgin Islands will take
place only in the event of an emergency condition in the jurisdiction the law of which governs the
internal affairs of the corporation and that such transfer shall continue only so long as such
emergency condition, in the judgment of the corporation's management, so requires; and
(G) If the corporation is to be considered as an exempt company pursuant to chapter
14chapter 14is title upon the transfer of its domicile to the United States Virgin Islands, a
statement to that effect; and
(5) The examination fee prescribed under section 431 of this title. If any of the documents referred to
in paragraphs (1) through (5) of this subsection are not in English, a translation thereof, under oath of
the translator, shall be attached thereto. If such documents satisfy the requirements of this section,
and if the name of the corporation meets the requirements of section 2(a)(1) of this title, the
Lieutenant Governor shall notify the corporation that such documents have been accepted for filing,
and the records of the Lieutenant Governor shall reflect such acceptance and such notification. In
addition, the Lieutenant Governor shall enter the name of the corporation on a list to remain there so
long as the corporation is in compliance with this section and no name on such list shall be used by
any other domestic or foreign corporation. No document submitted under this subsection shall be
available for public inspection pursuant to chapter 33 of Title 3 until, and unless, such corporation
effects a transfer of its domicile as provided in this section. The Lieutenant Governor may waive the
30-day period and translation requirement provided for in this subsection upon request by such
corporation, supported by facts (including, without limitation, the existence of any emergency
condition) justifying such waiver.
(d) On or before the 1st day of March in each year, prior to the transfer of its domicile as provided for in
subsection (e) of this section, during any such transfer and, in the event that it desires to continue to be
subject to a transfer of domicile under this section, after its domicile has ceased to be in the United States
Virgin Islands, the corporation shall file a certificate executed by an appropriate officer or director of the
corporation, certifying that the documents submitted pursuant to this section remain in full force and effect
or attaching any amendments or supplements thereto and translated as required in subsection (c) of this
section, together with the filing fee prescribed under section 431 of this title. In the event that any
corporation fails to file the required certificate on or before the 1st day of March of each year, all
certificates and filings made pursuant to this section shall become null and void on the 2nd day of March in
such year, and any proposed transfer thereafter shall be subject to all of the required submissions and the
examination fee set forth in subsection (c) of this section.
(e) If the office of the Lieutenant Governor has notified the corporation that it has accepted the documents
submitted pursuant to subsection (c) of this section for filing, such corporation may transfer its domicile to
the United States Virgin Islands at any time by means of a written communication to such effect addressed
to the office of the Lieutenant Governor, signed by one of the persons named on the list filed pursuant to
subparagraph (D) of paragraph (4) of subsection (c) of this section, and confirming that the statements
made pursuant to paragraph (4) of subsection (c) of this section remain true and correct; provided, that if
emergency conditions have affected ordinary means of communication, such notification may be made by
telegram, telex, telecopy or other form of writing so long as a duly signed duplicate is received by the office
of the Lieutenant Governor within 30 days thereafter. The records of the office of the Lieutenant Governor
shall reflect the fact of such transfer. Upon the payment to the office of the Lieutenant Governor of the fee
prescribed under section 431 of this title, the Lieutenant Governor shall certify that the corporation has
filed all documents and paid all fees required by this title. Such certificate of the Lieutenant Governor shall
be prima facie evidence of transfer by such corporation of its domicile into the United States Virgin Islands.
(f) Except to the extent expressly prohibited by the laws of the United States Virgin Islands, from and after
the time that a non-United States corporation transfers its domicile to the United States Virgin Islands
pursuant to this section, the corporation shall have all of the powers which it had immediately prior to such
transfer under the law of the jurisdiction governing its internal affairs and the directors and officers
designated pursuant to paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of this section, and their successors, may manage
the business and affairs of the corporation in accordance with the laws of such jurisdiction. Any such
activity conducted pursuant to this section shall not be deemed to be doing business within the United
States Virgin Islands for purposes of section 401 of this title. Any reference in this section to the law of the
jurisdiction governing the internal affairs of a corporation which has transferred its domicile into the
United States Virgin Islands shall be deemed to be a reference to such law as in effect immediately prior to
the transfer of domicile.
(g) For purposes of any action in the courts of the United States Virgin Islands, no corporation which has
obtained the certificate of the office of the Lieutenant Governor referred to in subsection (e) of this section
shall be deemed to be an "enemy" person or entity for any purpose, including, without limitation, in relation
to any claim of title to its assets, wherever located, or to its ability to institute suit in said courts.
(h) The transfer by any corporation of its domicile into the United States Virgin Islands shall not be deemed
to affect any obligation or liabilities of such corporation incurred prior to such transfer.
(i) The directors of any corporation which has transferred its domicile into the United States Virgin Islands
may withhold from any stockholder any amounts payable to such stockholder on account of dividends or
other distributions, if the directors shall determine that such stockholder will not have the full benefit of
such payment, so long as the directors shall make provision for the retention of such withheld payment in
escrow or under some similar arrangement for the benefit of such stockholder.
(j) All process issued out of any court of the United States Virgin Islands, all orders made by any kind
required to be served on any corporation and notices of any kind required to be served on any corporation
which has transferred its domicile into the United States Virgin Islands may be served on the corporation
pursuant to section 348 of this title, or any other provision of law, in the same manner as if such
corporation were a corporation of the United States Virgin Islands. The directors of a corporation which
has transferred its domicile into the United States Virgin Islands shall agree in writing that they will be
amenable to service of process by the same means as, and subject to the jurisdiction of the courts of the
United States Virgin Islands to the same extent as are directors of corporations of the United States Virgin
Islands, and such agreements shall be submitted to the office of the Lieutenant Governor for filing before
the respective directors take office.
(k) Any corporation which has transferred its domicile into the United States Virgin Islands may voluntarily
return to the jurisdiction the law of which governs its internal affairs by filing with the office of the
Lieutenant Governor an application to withdraw from the United States Virgin Islands. Such application
shall be accompanied by a resolution of the directors of the corporation authorizing such withdrawal and
by a certificate of the highest diplomatic or consular officer of such jurisdiction accredited to the United
States indicating the consent of such jurisdiction to such withdrawal. The application shall also contain, or
be accompanied by, the agreement of the corporation that it may be served with process in the United
States Virgin Islands in any proceeding for enforcement of any obligation of the corporation arising prior to
its withdrawal from the United States Virgin Islands, which agreement shall include the appointment of the
Lieutenant Governor as the agent of the corporation to accept service of process in any such proceeding
and shall specify the address to which a copy of process served upon the Lieutenant Governor shall be
mailed. Upon the payment of any fees and taxes owed to the United States Virgin Islands, the office of the
Lieutenant Governor shall file the application and corporation's domicile shall, as of the time of filing, cease
to be in the United States Virgin Islands.
History: Added Aug. 17, 1993, No. 5880, § 3(a), Sess. L. 1993, p. 156.
13 V.I.C. § 473Transfer of Domicile Out of the United States Virgin Islands
(a) Subject to any limitations or provisions to the contrary in its articles of incorporation, any corporation
incorporated under this chapter, or which transfers its domicile into the United States Virgin Islands under
this chapter, and for which the Lieutenant Governor would issue a certificate of good standing, may, by a
resolution of directors or stockholders, continue as a corporation incorporated under the laws of a
jurisdiction outside the United States Virgin Islands in the manner provided under those laws.
(b) A corporation incorporated under this chapter, or which transfers its domicile into the United States
Virgin Islands under this chapter, that continues as a corporation incorporated under the laws of a
jurisdiction outside the United States Virgin Islands does not cease to be a corporation incorporated under
this chapter unless the laws of the jurisdiction outside the United States Virgin Islands permit the
continuation and the corporation has complied with those laws.
(c) The resident agent of a corporation incorporated under this chapter, or which transfers its domicile into
the United States Virgin Islands under this chapter, that continues as a corporation incorporated under the
laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States Virgin Islands, may, after the continuation of the company
under the laws of the foreign jurisdiction, submit to the Lieutenant Governor an affidavit to the effect that
the company has continued its incorporation under the laws of the named foreign jurisdiction and the
Lieutenant Governor shall file the affidavit. Upon filing of the affidavit, the Lieutenant Governor shall issue
a certificate of discontinuance and the corporation shall no longer be liable for annual franchise taxes or
other fees.
(d) Where a corporation incorporated under this chapter, or which transfers its domicile into the United
States Virgin Islands under this chapter, is continued under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United
States Virgin Islands:
(1) the corporation continues to be liable for all of its claims, debts, liabilities and obligations that
existed prior to its continuation as a corporation under the laws of the jurisdiction outside the United
States Virgin Islands;
(2) no conviction, judgment, ruling, order, claim, debt, liability or obligation due or to become due,
and no cause existing, against the corporation or against any stockholder, director, officer or agent
thereof, is released or impaired by its continuation as a corporation under the laws of the jurisdiction
outside the United States Virgin Islands;
(3) no proceedings, whether civil or criminal, pending by or against the corporation, or against any
stockholder, director, officer or agent thereof, are abated or discontinued by its continuation as a
corporation under the laws of the jurisdiction outside the United States Virgin Islands, but the
proceedings may be enforced, prosecuted, settled or compromised by or against the corporation or
against the stockholder, director, officer or agent thereof, as the case may be; and
(4) service of process may continue to be effected on the resident agent of the corporation in the
United States Virgin Islands in respect of any claim, debt, liability or obligation of the corporation
during its existence as a corporation incorporated under this chapter, or when domiciled in the United
States Virgin Islands under this chapter.
History: Added Aug. 17, 1993, No. 5880, § 3(a), Sess. L. 1993, p. 156.
13 V.I.C. § 491Formation of Nonprofit Corporation; Purposes; Articles; Filing
(a) Three or more adult persons, who are bona fide residents of the Virgin Islands of the United States, and
who desire to form a corporation for a college, seminary, church, library, or any other benevolent,
fraternal, social, religious, educational, charitable or scientific association, whose chief business shall be in
the Virgin Islands of the United States, shall make and subscribe written articles of incorporation in
triplicate and acknowledge the same before any officer authorized to take the acknowledgment of deeds,
and file one of said articles in the office of the Lieutenant Governor, and another in the office of the clerk of
the district court in the judicial division in which the principal place of business of the corporation is
intended to be located, and retain the third in possession of the corporation, and each copy so filed shall be
indexed by the officer with whom filed in a book kept by him for that purpose.
(b) The fee for filing articles of incorporation in the Office of the Lieutenant Governor shall be $25.00.
History: Amended Oct. 13, 1993, No. 5891, § 5(o), Sess. L. 1993, p. 234.
13 V.I.C. § 492Articles of Incorporation; Contents; Amendments
(a) The articles of incorporation shall contain and state-
(1) the name of the corporation, which shall not be the same as, nor similar as to cause confusion with,
the name of any other domestic corporation or foreign corporation admitted to do business in the
United States Virgin Islands, and which shall be such as to indicate that it is a corporation as
distinguished from a natural person or partnership;
(2) the objects and purposes for which the corporation is formed;
(3) the name of, and the street address in, the town in which its principal office or place of business is
to be located in the United States Virgin Islands, and the name of its resident agent, which agent may
be either an individual or a corporation;
(4) the time of commencement and the period of the continuance of said corporation;
(5) the terms of admission to membership;
(6) the highest amount of indebtedness or liability to which the corporation shall at any time be
subject;
(7) by what directors, managers or trustees and officers the affairs of the corporation shall be
managed, and when such directors, managers or trustees and officers are to be elected.
(b) The articles of incorporation may be amended when authorized by a vote of two-thirds of the members
comprising the membership of any association incorporated under this chapter, given at a meeting, or by
the written consent of all the members without a meeting. Such amended articles shall be executed and
acknowledged by the officer in whom the management of the affairs of the corporation is vested and shall
be filed and indexed in the same place and manner as the original articles.
(c) In the event that a corporation formed in accordance with the provisions of this chapter shall intend to
apply for exemption under the provisions of section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, the
articles of incorporation, in addition to the provisions required by subdivision (a) hereof, shall state that
upon dissolution of the corporation, the corporation's assets shall be distributed for an exempt purpose or
for public use in accordance with the provisions of section 501(c)(3) and the regulations issued thereunder.
History: Amended Feb. 14, 1962, No. 808, Sess. L. 1962, p. 8; May 29, 1968, No. 2216, Sess. L. 1968, Pt.
II, p. 23.
13 V.I.C. § 493Powers
Upon the filing of the articles of incorporation as provided in section 491 of this title the persons who have
executed and acknowledged the same, and their successors, shall be a body corporate and politic in fact
and in law under the name stated in the articles of incorporation, and by such corporate name shall have
succession for the period stated in the articles, and in such name may sue and be sued in any court; may
take and use a common seal and alter the same at pleasure; may receive gifts and devises; may purchase,
hold and convey real and personal property, as the purposes of the corporation may require; may sell and
forfeit the interests of members in the corporation for default with respect to any lawful provisions of the
bylaws; may enter into any lawful contracts and incur obligations essential to the transaction of its affairs
for the purpose for which it was formed; may borrow money and issue notes, bills or evidence of
indebtedness; may mortgage its property to secure the same as its bylaws may provide; and, generally, may
do all things necessary or proper to carry out the purposes of its creation.
13 V.I.C. § 494Articles of Incorporation; Evidence
A copy of any articles of incorporation filed pursuant to this chapter, and certified by the clerk of the
district court in whose office the same is filed, or one of his deputies, or by the Lieutenant Governor, shall
be received as prima facie evidence of the facts therein stated.
13 V.I.C. § 495Bylaws; Adoption; Contents
Before transacting any business or acquiring any property the persons constituting the membership of the
corporation shall meet and adopt bylaws. The vote of a majority of all the members in good standing of the
corporation shall be necessary to the adoption of such bylaws and when adopted the same shall be written
in a book kept by the corporation, to be duly signed by all persons thereafter becoming members of said
corporation so formed under this chapter. The corporation may by its bylaws provide for the time, place
and manner of calling and conducting its meetings; the number of directors, managers or trustees, the time
of their election, their term of office and the mode and manner of their removal; the mode and manner of
filling vacancies on the board of directors, managers or trustees caused by death, resignation, removal or
otherwise; the power and authority of the directors, managers or trustees; the compensation of the
directors, managers or trustees or of the officers; the mode and manner of conducting business; the mode
and manner of conducting elections; the qualifications for membership; the manner in which membership
shall cease; the mode and manner of expulsion of a member; the termination of a member's interest in the
corporate property under the cessation of his membership, and whether he shall be remunerated therefor,
and, if so, in what manner; the amount of membership fee, and the dues, or other charges which each
member may be required to pay, if any; the charges which may be made for services rendered or supplies
furnished the members of the corporation by it; the manner of collection or enforcement of membership
fees, dues or charges, and the method of forfeiting the membership interest, for nonpayment; the method,
time and manner of permitting the withdrawal of a member, if at all, and how such withdrawing member's
interest may be ascertained and payments made therefor, if the corporation decides he should be
reimbursed therefor; the formation of a surplus fund and the manner and proportion in which such surplus
fund shall be distributed, either upon the order of the corporation or upon its dissolution; and generally, all
such other matters as may be proper to carry out the purpose for which the corporation was formed.
13 V.I.C. § 496Interests of Incorporators and Members
In every corporation incorporated under the provisions of this chapter, the interest of each incorporator or
member shall be equal to that of any other, and no incorporator or member can acquire any interest which
will entitle him to any greater voice, vote, authority or interest in the corporation than any other member.
13 V.I.C. § 497Dissolution; Procedure
(a) A majority of the members in good standing of any corporation organized under this chapter may at any
time petition the Lieutenant Governor for a dissolution of the corporation. Such petition shall be
accompanied by-
(1) the affidavit of the secretary of the corporation stating the name of the corporation, the date of
incorporation, the number of members in good standing and that said information is true and correct
according to the records in his possession as of the date of petition for dissolution;
(2) a financial statement of the corporation prepared by its treasurer as of the date of the petition for
dissolution showing all assets and liabilities of the corporation;
(3) if there are assets of the corporation, a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors,
managers or trustees showing that such assets have been transferred to a trustee for the benefit of
creditors and members; and
(4) a list of the names and addresses of all creditors of the corporation as of the date of the petition for
dissolution, and a statement that all such creditors have been duly notified of the petition for
dissolution.
(b) Upon receipt of the petition for dissolution, the Lieutenant Governor shall publish notice of the petition
for dissolution three times a week for two successive weeks in any newspaper of general circulation in the
United States Virgin Islands, which notice shall state: the name of the corporation, the fact that it was
organized under this chapter, that the corporation has petitioned for dissolution and the name and address
of the trustee appointed for the benefit of the creditors and members, if a trustee was appointed.
(c) Within six weeks from the date of the filing of the petition for dissolution with the Lieutenant Governor
with all attachments as herein required, the Lieutenant Governor shall issue a certificate of dissolution
formally dissolving the corporation. The certificate of dissolution, when issued, shall be published once a
week for two successive weeks in the same newspaper. After the certificate of dissolution has been issued
and published the corporation shall thereafter cease to exist for any purpose whatsoever, except as
provided in section 498 of this title.
13 V.I.C. § 498Trustees, Powers; Continuance of Corporate Existence
After the dissolution of the corporation as provided in section 497 of this title, the trustee, if one has been
appointed, shall have all the rights, duties, powers and obligations of trustees as set forth in section 286 of
this title, with respect to winding up the affairs of the corporation, and the dissolved corporation shall
continue in existence for the same purposes as those set forth in section 286 of this title, and for no other
purposes.
13 V.I.C. § 499Applicability of Other Laws
Every corporation created under this chapter shall be deemed and held to be subject to the provisions of
chapter 1 of this title and any other general statutes of the United States Virgin Islands relating to
corporations to the extent the same are not inapplicable to such corporations or inconsistent with the
express provisions of this chapter.
13 V.I.C. § 500Reservation of Power to Amend Or Repeal This Chapter
This chapter may be amended or repealed, at the pleasure of the Legislature, but such amendment or
repeal shall not take away or repeal any remedy against any corporation established under this chapter, or
its officers, for any liability which shall have been previously incurred.
13 V.I.C. § 501Applicability of Chapter
The provisions of this chapter shall apply to every corporation organized or to be organized for the
purposes described in section 491 of this title.
13 V.I.C. § 502Qualification of Certain Nonprofit Corporations
No nonprofit organization created by the laws of any foreign country or any state of the United States, or
the law of the United States, that is tax exempt pursuant to Section 501(c)(3) and (4) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or established in response to the U.S.
Federal Oil Pollution Act of 1990, to provide a national system of regional response centers to respond to
major oil spills, shall do any business in the United States Virgin Islands through or by branch offices,
agents or representatives located in the United States Virgin Islands until it shall have filed in the Office of
the Lieutenant Governor a certified copy of its charter or certificate of incorporation, a certificate signed by
its president or vice president and under its corporate seal, attested by its secretary or assistant secretary,
stating the name of its authorized agent in the United States Virgin Islands upon whom service of legal
process against it may be made. The provisions of subchapter XIV of Chapter 1 of this Title relating to
capital stock shall not apply to any such corporation that does not have authority to issue stock under the
laws of the jurisdiction of its creation.
History: Added Aug. 18, 1992, No. 5806, § 7, Sess. L. 1992, p. 112; amended June 18, 1996, No. 6110, §
16, Sess. L. 1996, p. 63; Sept. 9, 1996, No. 6117, § 7, Sess. L. 1996, p. 93.
13 V.I.C. § 530Definitions
(a) As used in this chapter:
"V.I. foreign sales corporation" and "VIFSC" have the same meanings as those contained under
chapter 12 of this title.
(b) For the purposes of this chapter only, a foreign corporation shall be deemed to be doing business in the
United States Virgin Islands if it maintains an office in the United States Virgin Islands.
History: Added Sept. 25, 1984, No. 4990, § 2(c), Sess. L. 1984, p. 241; amended Oct. 13, 1994, No. 6029, §
2, Sess. L. 1994, p. 229; Jan. 1, 2002, No. 6490, § 1(b), Sess. L. 2001, p. 374.
13 V.I.C. § 531Rate and Computation of Franchise Tax
(a) Every corporation incorporated under the laws of the United States Virgin Islands and every foreign
corporation qualified to do or doing business in the United States Virgin Islands shall pay to the Lieutenant
Governor for the use of the Government of the United States Virgin Islands, a franchise tax of $1.50 for
each thousand dollars of stock, capital, and paid in capital stock used in conducting business in the United
States Virgin Islands.
(b) Notwithstanding the definition in section 100 of this title, for purposes of computing franchise taxes,
the term, "capital stock", includes the stated value of all classes of stock authorized, issued, and
outstanding, plus the paid in capital in excess of stated value. "Paid in capital" means the cash and other
consideration received less expenses, including commissions paid or incurred by the entity, in connection
with the issuance of its shares, plus amounts transferred to paid-in capital by action of the board of
directors or shareholders pursuant to a share dividend, share split, or otherwise, and plus the amount of
capital paid in that is in excess of the stated par value of any class of stock.
(c) For computation of taxes owed in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b), the minimum franchise tax is
$300 for any corporation whose capital stock used in conducting business in the United States Virgin
Islands is no more than $250,000.
(d) In no case shall the tax on any corporation for a full taxable year, computed by paragraphs (a) and (b) of
this section be more than $150,000 for any entity whose capital stock used in conducting business in the
United States Virgin Islands exceeds $250,000.
(e) The franchise tax for a V.I. foreign sales corporation is $500. A full year's tax must be collected for any
portion of a year.
(f) Effective January 1, 1989, the franchise tax required by this section shall be filed and paid, together with
the filing of the annual report and annual franchise tax report on a form prescribed by the Lieutenant
Governor, on or before June 30 of each calendar year, however the first year's estimated tax shall be
collected from any corporation except a V.I. foreign sales corporation, in advance, at the time of the
corporation's initial incorporation or qualification to do business in the Virgin Islands.
(g) In connection with bonds, obligations or rights issued or granted by the Government, in connection with
the Virgin Islands Hurricane Hugo Insurance Claims Fund Program pursuant to Title 22, chapter 10a of
this code, the Governor by written declarations or declaration may direct that, so long as such bond,
obligations or rights are outstanding, the franchise tax required by this section shall be deposited, upon
collection or thereafter, into the Virgin Islands Hurricane Hugo Insurance Claims Fund created pursuant to
Title 33, chapter 111, section 3061a, of this code.
(h) In connection with the bonds, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued by the Government
pursuant to Act No. 5883 (Bill No. 20-0164), section 5, as amended, the Governor by written declarations
or declaration may direct that, so long as such bonds, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued are
outstanding, all or any portion of the franchise tax required by this section collected in excess of the
amounts necessary to make payment on bonds issued pursuant to Title 22,
chapter 10a, Virgin Islands Code, shall be deposited, upon collection or thereafter, into the St. Croix
Economic Development Fund.
History: Amended May 13, 1959, No. 404, § 1, Sess. L. 1959, p. 14;
Aug. 27, 1977, No. 3865, Sess. L. 1976, p. 175; Oct. 17, 1978, No. 4218, § 1, Sess. L. 1978, p. 244;
Sept. 25, 1984, No. 4990, § 2(d), Sess. L. 1984, p. 242; Oct. 21, 1988, No. 5369, § 4(c), Sess. L. 1988, p.
257; Sept. 6, 1990, No. 5610, § 6, Sess. L. 1990, p. 299; Oct. 13, 1993, No. 5891, § 5(p), Sess. L. 1993, p.
234; Jan. 13, 1994, No. 5948, § 106(A). Sess. L. 1993, p. 337; Aug. 26, 1994, No. 6006, § 3, Sess. L. 1994, p.
146; Dec. 30, 1994, No. 6064, § 29(1), Sess. L. 1994, p. 321; Aug. 17, 1999, No. 6287, § 15, Sess. L. 1999,
p. 46; Jan. 1, 2002, No. 6490, §§ 1(c), (d), Sess. L. 2001, p. 374; amended Jan. 29, 2018, No. 8027, § 1(a),
(b), Sess. L. 2017, p. 121.
13 V.I.C. § 531a-531d[Repealed]
History: Repealed. Jan. 1, 2002, No. 6490, § 2, Sess. L. 2001, p. 377.
13 V.I.C. § 532Late Payment of Tax; Penalties
Every corporation failing to pay the annual franchise tax as prescribed by sections 531, 531a, 531b, and
531c of this title, shall, in addition to the tax, be liable for a penalty of 20 percent (20%) of the tax or $50,
whichever is greater and interest at 1 percent compounded annually for each month or part thereof that
the tax remains unpaid, payable to the Lieutenant Governor.
History: Amended Oct. 17, 1978, No. 4218, § 1, Sess. L. 1978, p. 244; Sept. 25, 1984, No. 4990, § 2(f),
Sess. L. 1984, p. 244; Aug. 17, 1999, No. 6287, § 16, Sess. L. 1999, p. 46.
13 V.I.C. § 533Failure to Pay Tax; Penalty
(a) No corporation may commence or maintain any action in any court if it has not paid its annual franchise
tax last due. A certificate of the payment of such annual franchise tax, or any duplicate of such certificate
under the seal of the Lieutenant Governor, shall be prima facie evidence of such payment. The Lieutenant
Governor shall issue such certificate upon request. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, before a
pending case may be dismissed, a corporation shall be given a reasonable time to provide proof that
arrangements have been made to pay any delinquent franchise taxes once the matter is brought to the
court's attention, as it is the purpose of this statute to collect the franchise tax and not simply to dismiss a
case. If the proper proof is presented to the court that such arrangements to pay any delinquent franchise
taxes have been made with the Lieutenant Governor's Office, a pending case shall be allowed to proceed
without being dismissed.
(b) Failure of any corporation to pay its annual franchise tax for a period of one year from and after the
date when such payment first became due, shall be prima facie evidence of the insolvency of such
corporation and the fact of such insolvency may be shown by the government of the United States Virgin
Islands or by any private person or corporation.
(c) The Lieutenant Governor upon determination that any corporation has neglected for a period of one
year to pay its annual franchise tax, shall-
(1) if the delinquent corporation is a domestic corporation, make a notification upon the records of his
office that such corporation is dissolved and it shall thereupon be dissolved and the directors of such
corporation shall hold title to the property of the corporation as trustees for its stockholders and
creditors to be disposed of under appropriate court proceedings; or
(2) if the delinquent corporation is a foreign corporation, make a notification upon the records of his
office that the authority of such corporation to do business in the United States Virgin Islands is
revoked and it shall thereupon be revoked; provided, that no domestic corporation shall be dissolved,
and no foreign corporation shall have its authority to do business in the Territory revoked, for the
nonpayment of franchise taxes which the Government is barred from recovering by the statute of
limitations set out in Title 5, section 31, of this Code.
(d) Any corporation thereafter organized may take and shall have the exclusive right to use the corporate
name of any corporation so dissolved: Provided, That, no individual or company formerly affiliated with the
dissolved corporation may be entitled to use the name of such corporation until all outstanding tax
obligations of the dissolved corporation have been satisfied.
(e) No individual or business entity formerly affiliated or associated with a dissolved business entity shall
establish a new business entity without first providing written proof to the Corporate Division of the Office
of the Lieutenant Governor, the Virgin Islands Bureau of Internal Revenue and the Department of Licensing
and Consumer Affairs that all outstanding tax obligations of the dissolved entity owed to the Government of
the Virgin Islands have been satisfied or that agreement to pay the same has been satisfactorily made.
History: Amended Oct. 17, 1978, No. 4218, § 2(a), (b), Sess. L. 1978, p. 245; Dec. 30, 1994, No. 6064, §
29(2), Sess. L. 1994, p. 321; Dec. 2, 1999, No. 6333, § 21, Sess. L. 1999, p. 198; Dec. 29, 2001, No. 6487, §
1, Sess. L. 2001, p. 367; June 19, 2002, No. 6529, § 14, Sess. L. 2002, p. 342.
13 V.I.C. § 534Failure to Pay Tax; Enforcement
The Commissioner of Finance may institute an action in the name of the government of the United States
Virgin Islands to enforce the payment of any franchise tax under the provisions of sections 531, 531a, 531b,
and 531c of this title, and any penalty and interest due under the provisions of section 532 of this title.
History: Amended Sept. 25, 1984, No. 4990, § 2(f), Sess. L. 1984, p. 244.
13 V.I.C. § 535Applicability of Chapter
This chapter shall not apply to banks, foreign banks which have branches established in the United States
Virgin Islands, and national banking associations, as those institutions are defined by section 1 of Title 9,
and to domestic corporations organized for religious, fraternal, scientific, benevolent, social, charitable, or
educational purposes, or to foreign corporations organized for like purposes, when not engaged in the
United States Virgin Islands in the loaning of money or the conducting of any other business pursuits for
profit.
History: Amended Oct. 5, 1959, No. 497, § 10(b), Sess. L. 1959, p. 184.
13 V.I.C. § 551Definitions: Construction
Unless the context otherwise requires, the definitions and general provisions set forth in this chapter
govern the construction of this chapter.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 552Cooperative Corporation
A "cooperative corporation" means a corporation composed of ultimate producers or consumers, or both,
organized for the purpose of conducting any lawful business primarily for the mutual benefit of its
shareholders who may be natural or legal persons, and the earnings, savings or benefits of which are used
for the general welfare of the shareholders or patrons or are distributed in the form of cash, stock,
evidences of indebtedness, goods, or services, proportionately and equitably among the persons for which
it does business upon the basis of the amount of their transactions or participation in production, or both.
However, any such corporation may pay out of its net surplus earnings, savings or benefits, not to exceed 5
percent interest upon its capital stock.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 553Cooperative Corporation: Central Organization
"Cooperative corporation" includes any central organization composed wholly or in part of cooperative
corporations.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 554Corporation Synonyms
"Corporation", "company", "association", "exchange", "society", "league", "union" and "credit union" are
synonyms.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270; amended May 28, 1971, No. 3061, § 1,
Sess. L. 1971, p. 221.
13 V.I.C. § 555Share: Shareholder
"Share" means a share of stock or a membership share, and includes "membership". "Shareholder" means
either a holder of a share of stock or a member.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 556Application of General Nonprofit Corporation Law
The provisions of chapter 3 of Title 13 of this Code, relating to nonprofit corporations, apply to cooperative
corporations formed under this chapter, except when such provisions are in conflict with those of this
chapter. Corporations formed under this chapter have and enjoy all rights, powers, and privileges granted
generally to corporations by the laws of the United States Virgin Islands except as may be inconsistent with
the provisions of this chapter.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 557Bringing Corporation Under Provisions of Chapter; Amendment of
Articles
Any corporation organized under any other law of the United States Virgin Islands may bring itself under
the provisions of this chapter by amending its articles of incorporation in the manner prescribed by the
general corporation law to conform to the provisions of this chapter. Whenever any corporation has
amended its articles of incorporation to conform to the provisions of this chapter, it shall be deemed to be
then organized and existing under, and entitled to the benefit of, and subject to the provisions of this
chapter for all purposes as fully as though originally organized under this chapter.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 558Formation; Number of Incorporators; Purpose
Five or more persons may form a cooperative corporation for any lawful purpose by filing articles of
incorporation with the Director of the Consumer Services Administration.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270; amended May 28, 1971, No. 3061, § 1,
Sess. L. 1971, p. 221.
13 V.I.C. § 559Articles; Required Provisions
The articles of incorporation shall contain:
(a) The name of the corporation.
(b) The purposes for which it is formed.
(c) The island on which the principal office for the transaction of the business of the corporation is located.
(d) The number of its directors, which shall be not less than 5 nor more than 25.
(e) The names and post-office addresses of the directors, who shall serve until the first annual meeting.
(f) The names and post-office addresses of the subscribers for shares and a statement of the number of
shares which each agrees to take in the corporation.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 560Statement of Shares and Memberships
The articles shall also state either or both of the following:
(a) The total number of shares which the corporation is authorized to issue and (1) the aggregate par value,
if any, of all shares, and the par value of each share, or (2) that all shares are to be without par value.
(b) The number and kind of membership and the cost thereof.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 561Statement of Number of Shares Permitted Per Shareholder and
Initial Capital
The articles shall also state any limitation on the number of shares permitted to be owned or held or voted
by any one shareholder at any one time, and the amount of capital with which the corporation will begin
business.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 562Classes of Shares: Statement of Par Value and Preferences,
Privileges, and Restrictions; Authority of Board to Change
If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of shares, the articles shall state the initial
number of shares which the corporation is authorized to issue and the aggregate par value of all shares
that are to have a par value, and (a) the number of shares of each class that are to have a par value, and
the par value of each share of each such class, and (b) the number of shares of each class that are to be
without par value, and the articles shall state the preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to or
imposed upon the respective classes of shares or the holder thereof. In lieu of a statement of the dividend
rate, the conversion rights, voting rights, the redemption price, or the liquidation preferences of any class,
the articles may authorize the board of directors, within the limits and restrictions stated therein, to fix the
dividend rate, the conversion rights, voting rights, the redemption price, or the liquidation preferences of
any wholly unissued class of shares, or all or any of them.
Except as specified in the articles, no distinction shall exist between classes of shares or the holders
thereof.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 563Voting Rights In Central Organization
The articles of incorporation of a central organization which has been formed or exists under the provisions
of this chapter may provide that each cooperative corporation which is a shareholder thereof is entitled to
cast one or more additional votes in the affairs of the central organization for any stipulated number of
voting members in the cooperative corporation, or for any stipulated volume of business done by the
cooperative corporation with the central organization, or for both.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 564Corporate Name; Inclusion of Cooperative
The names of all corporations formed under this chapter shall include "cooperative" or credit union". No
corporation shall be formed under this chapter unless there is affixed or prefixed to its name some word or
abbreviation which will indicate that it is a corporation, as distinguished from a natural person, a firm or an
incorporated association.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270; amended May 28, 1971, No. 3061, § 2,
Sess. L. 1971, p. 221.
13 V.I.C. § 565Bylaws; Adoption and Approval
Before proceeding to do business the shareholders shall adopt bylaws not inconsistent with the provisions
of this chapter which bylaws or any amendment thereto shall be approved by the Director of the Consumer
Services Administration.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270; amended May 28, 1971, No. 3061, § 1,
Sess. L. 1971, p. 221.
13 V.I.C. § 566Permissible Provisions
The bylaws of a cooperative corporation may provide for:
(a) The management of the property.
(b) The regulation of the affairs.
(c) Transfer of the shares.
(d) The purchase of shares as authorized.
(e) Calling of meetings of shareholders.
(f) Election of directors.
(g) The number of shareholders necessary to constitute a quorum.
(h) The method of returning and distributing net savings or earnings.
(i) Such other rules and regulations as the directors deem necessary for the proper management of the
business of the corporation.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 567Purchase of Shares
The bylaws of a cooperative corporation may provide for the purchase of shares held by any shareholder
who fails to patronize the corporation during the preceding corporate year to an amount prescribed in the
bylaws.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 568Formation of Districts; District Meetings; Election of Delegates;
Vote of Delegates
A cooperative corporation covering more than one island or an area which in the opinion of the
shareholders is too large for their convenient assembling may provide in its bylaws for the formation of
districts and the holding of district meetings which may elect one or more delegates to represent their
districts in annual and special meetings of the corporation, in a manner to be specified in the bylaws. The
vote of such delegates shall be the vote of all the shareholders appearing upon the books of the corporation
as residing in their respective districts, on all questions not covered by ballots submitted to all
shareholders.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 569Management of Corporation By Board; Election of Directors; Term
of Office; Removal
Every cooperative corporation shall be managed by a board of directors. The directors shall be elected by
the shareholders at such time and for such terms not exceeding three years as the bylaws may prescribe,
and shall hold office until their successors are elected and enter upon the discharge of their duties.
A majority of all the shareholders, at any regular or special meeting duly called, may remove any director
for cause, and fill the vacancy.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 570Officers; Election By Directors
The officers of every cooperative corporation shall be a president, one or more vice presidents, who shall
be directors, and a secretary and a treasurer, who need not be directors, all of whom shall be elected
annually by the directors. One person may hold the office of secretary and treasurer. If the corporation
employs a manager who is not a director, the directors may also elect him vice president.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 571Special Meeting At Request of Shareholders
Upon written request of at least 20 percent of the shareholders, the secretary shall call a special meeting of
the shareholders for the purpose to which the request relates.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 572Quorum
At any meeting of the shareholders, the presence in person of 250 holders of shares having voting rights, or
such lesser number of such persons as shall equal 5 percent of all of the holders of such shares, constitutes
a quorum for the transaction of business, unless the bylaws require a greater number or percentage.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 573Voting Rights
Any holder of shares having voting rights is entitled to cast one vote and no more, regardless of the number
of shares or memberships held by him, except as provided in section 563 of this chapter.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 574Proxies
There shall be no voting by proxy except as provided in section 568.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 575Voting By Absent Shareholders
At any meeting of the shareholders the written vote of an absent shareholder, signed by him, shall be
received and counted if (a) he has been previously notified, in writing of the exact motion, resolution upon
which the vote is taken, and (b) a copy of the motion, resolution, or nomination has been forwarded with,
and attached by him to, the written vote.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 576Referendum
The secretary shall cause a referendum vote to be taken by mail upon any action or recommendation
proposed in writing by 20 percent of the shareholders of the corporation.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 577Promotion Expenses; Limitation On Payment
None of the funds of any corporation organized under this chapter shall be used nor shall any shares of
stock or memberships of such corporation be used in payment of any promotion of the corporation for
commission, salaries, or expenses of any kind whatsoever, in excess of 10 percent of the paid-up capital
stock. However, this section does not authorize any act prohibited by any provision of the corporation laws
of the United States Virgin Islands placing restrictions upon the issue of stock, certificates of interest, or
other securities, or upon the payment of promotion expenses or compensation for promotion.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 578Stock Certificates; Issuance When Fully Paid
Certificates of stock shall not be issued to any subscriber until fully paid.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 579Purchase of Business of Another; Payment In Shares Or
Memberships; Approval By Shareholders
When a cooperative corporation purchases the business of any other association, corporation, or person, it
may pay for the purchase wholly or partly by the issue of shares of its capital stock or memberships to an
amount which at par value would equal the fair market value of the business purchased, or wholly or partly
in goods and services equal to the fair market value of the business purchased, or by any combination of
shares, memberships, goods, and services to that amount.
No such purchase shall be made until the proposal therefor has been submitted by the directors to a
meeting of the shareholders duly convened, with notice of the proposed action, and with an itemized
statement of assets and liabilities of the business proposed to be purchased which shall include the value of
the goodwill, patents, and other intangible assets as a separate item, and the proposal has been ratified by
a majority vote of the shareholders.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 580Purchase of Own Shares Or Memberships
The corporation has the right to purchase, at book value as conclusively determined by the directors, any of
its shares or memberships offered for transfer, or the stock or membership of any deceased shareholder.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 581Investment In Shares Or Memberships of Other Corporations
The corporation may, by a majority vote of the shareholders, invest not to exceed 25 percent of its capital,
in the capital stock, shares, or memberships of any other corporation.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 582Reserve Funds and Dividends
(a) The directors shall apportion any surplus-savings and earnings by first setting aside at least 10 percent
thereof for a reserve fund until the reserve fund equals 30 percent of the paid-up shares, and thereafter the
directors may continue to set aside 10 percent of the net surplus-savings for a reserve fund. The directors
may then declare a dividend upon the paid-up shares at a yearly rate not to exceed 5 percent. No such
dividend shall be cumulative.
(b) The directors may then set aside such an amount of the remaining surplus-savings or earnings as may
be provided in the bylaws as an educational fund to be used in teaching cooperation.
(c) The directors may distribute all remaining surplus-savings or earnings uniformly to patrons of the
corporation who are shareholders, and in the discretion of the corporation, they may also distribute
uniform surplus-savings to patrons who are not shareholders, based in amount upon volume of business
transacted with the corporation by such patrons. The rate of such distribution, and the ratio of savings
returns to shareholders and nonshareholders shall be determined by resolution of the directors. However,
surplus-savings or earnings shall not be distributed to nonshareholders patrons unless at least 50 percent
of such amount is applied toward purchase of shares in the corporation.
(d) Alternatively, the corporation may employ a part or all of such surplus-savings for its general welfare.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 583Application of General Corporation Law
Any cooperative corporation or credit union organized or existing under this chapter may amend its articles
of incorporation in the manner prescribed by the general corporation law; provided, that any such
amendment shall be filed with and approved by the Director of the Consumer Services Administration.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270; amended May 28, 1971, No. 3061, § 3,
Sess. L. 1971, p. 221.
13 V.I.C. § 584Unauthorized Use of Cooperative In Name
Except as otherwise expressly provided in this chapter, no person, firm, individual, partnership, trust,
domestic corporation, foreign corporation, or association shall adopt or use the word "cooperative" or any
abbreviation or derivation thereof, or any word similar thereto, as part of the name or designation under
which he does business in the United States Virgin Islands, nor conduct business or represent that business
is conducted cooperatively, unless incorporated as provided in this chapter or under some other law of the
United States Virgin Islands entitling him so to do; provided, however that the foregoing prohibition shall
be inapplicable to any housing cooperative, the financing of which is insured or guaranteed by the United
States of America, one of its instrumentalities, or agencies, and which is certified by the Commissioner of
the Federal Housing Administration as consumer cooperative.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 585Foreign Corporations; Use of Cooperative In Name
Any foreign corporation, organized under and complying with the cooperative law of the United States
Virgin Islands or other jurisdiction of its creation, may use the term "cooperative" in the United States
Virgin Islands if it has complied with the laws of the United States Virgin Islands applicable to foreign
corporations, in so far as those laws are applicable to it, and if it is doing business on a cooperative basis,
as defined in this chapter.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 586Unauthorized Business
It is unlawful for any corporation formed under this chapter to carry on business contrary to or outside of
the purpose for which it is formed.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 587Injunction
Any person, firm, partnership, trust, domestic corporation, foreign corporation, or association may be
enjoined from violating the provisions of section 584 or section 586 of this chapter or form issuing, selling,
offering for sale, negotiating, advertising or distributing stock, notes, bonds, certificates or evidences of
indebtedness or other securities, issued by him or concerning his business or affairs in violation of this
chapter, at the instance of any citizen or official agency of the United States Virgin Islands.
History: Added Sept. 18, 1969, No. 2546, Sess. L. 1969, p. 270.
13 V.I.C. § 588[Repealed]
History: Repealed. June 12, 2015, No. 7737, § 1, Sess. L. 2015, p. 25.
13 V.I.C. § 589Penalties
Any person, firm, partnership, trustee, association or corporation violating any of the provisions of this
chapter is guilty of a misdemeanor, punishable by a fine not more than $500, or by imprisonment for not
more than one year, or both such fine and imprisonment.
History: Added May 28, 1971, No. 3061, § 5, Sess. L. 1971, p. 222.
13 V.I.C. § 601Societies For Promotion of Trade and Labor; Incorporation;
Articles, Execution; Body Politic
Any number of persons, not less than 5, may associate themselves together and become a body corporate
and politic for the improvement of their several social and material interests, the regulation of their wages,
the laws and conditions of their employment, the protection of their joint and individual rights in the
prosecution of their trades or industrial avocations, the collection and payment of funds for the benefit of
sick, disabled or unemployed members, the securing of benefits to the families of deceased members, and
for such other and further objects of material benefit and protection as are germane to the purposes of this
chapter. The persons so associating shall execute articles of association as hereinafter provided, sign and
acknowledge the same before some officer duly authorized by the laws of the United States Virgin Islands
to take acknowledgements of deeds, and upon the execution and acknowledgment of said articles of
association aforesaid, the said association shall become a body politic for the purposes set forth in said
articles of association.
History: Added June 3, 1970, No. 2730, Sess. L. 1970, p. 132.
13 V.I.C. § 602Corporate Name; Powers
Every association formed under the provisions of this chapter, shall have a corporate name, and may sue
and be sued, plead and be impleaded, prosecute and defend in all courts of the United States Virgin
Islands; shall hold, pay, sell, assign, convey, mortgage and lease such real, personal or mixed property as
shall be required for its corporate purposes.
History: Added June 3, 1970, No. 2730, Sess. L. 1970, p. 133.
13 V.I.C. § 603Articles; Contents
The articles of association shall state:
First, The names of persons associating in the first instance with their places of residence;
Second, The purposes of the association, conforming with the provisions of this chapter;
Third, The corporate name and period of incorporation, which may be perpetual;
Fourth, The terms, conditions, and qualifications of membership in the corporation;
Fifth, The officers and committees created, with the names of officers and members of committees first
selected, the terms of such officers and members, and the time of holding an annual meeting.
History: Added June 3, 1970, No. 2730, Sess. L. 1970, p. 133.
13 V.I.C. § 604Bylaws; Contents, Enforcement
Every association incorporated under this chapter shall have power to make all needful bylaws for its
government and enforce the same by the usual penalties and forfeitures; may thereby establish a uniform
system of dues, assessments or benefits to be levied upon members, prescribe the duties of officers,
require bonds of the same for the faithful discharge of their duties.
History: Added June 3, 1970, No. 2730, Sess. L. 1970, p. 133.
13 V.I.C. § 605Officers; Executive Committee
The officers of the association shall consist of a president, secretary, treasurer, and executive committee of
not less than 3 members of the association. The president, secretary, and treasurer shall be ex officio
members of said executive committee.
History: Added June 3, 1970, No. 2730, Sess. L. 1970, p. 134.
13 V.I.C. § 606Executive Committee; Powers, Quorum
The executive committee shall be charged with the general management of its affairs. Said committee shall
adopt bylaws for the association, and change the same at pleasure: provided, that the bylaw for the election
of the members of said committee and their terms of office shall be of no effect until the same is ratified by
a majority vote of the members of the association. A majority of said committee shall be a quorum for the
transaction of business.
History: Added June 3, 1970, No. 2730, Sess. L. 1970, p. 134.
13 V.I.C. § 607Existing Societies; Incorporation Under Act
All societies, unions or associations of tradesmen or laborers actually existing and conducting their affairs
under a constitution or articles of association, may become a body corporate and politic, for the general
purposes of this chapter, upon filing of copies of their constitution or articles of the association, society or
union, verified by the oath of one of the executive officers of such society, association or union in the office
of the Lieutenant Governor and in the division of the District Court where the principal office of such
society, union or association is located. All societies, unions and associations, become corporations as
above provided, shall be subject to the provisions of this chapter.
History: Added June 3, 1970, No. 2730, Sess. L. 1970, p. 134.
13 V.I.C. § 608Same; Constitution Or Articles In Lieu of Articles of Incorporation
The constitution or articles of association of the society, union or association referred to in the preceding
section of this chapter when filed as therein provided, shall stand in lieu of the articles of incorporation
required to be executed under this chapter and such constitution or articles of association may provide for
the election of an executive committee and other officers required by this chapter, naming the officers to
act as the first incumbents; provided, that nothing in this section contained shall be construed so as to
legalize any provisions that may be contained in said constitution or articles of association, repugnant to
the general laws of the United States Virgin Islands.
History: Added June 3, 1970, No. 2730, Sess. L. 1970, p. 134.
13 V.I.C. § 609Rights Vested In New Corporation; Recovery
All moneys, properties, or rights in action, equitably belonging to any society, union or association at the
time the same shall become incorporated under the provisions of this chapter, shall vest in the corporation
so formed, and may be recovered by such corporation in an action of assumpsit, or on the case from any
person unlawfully withholding the same.
History: Added June 3, 1970, No. 2730, Sess. L. 1970, p. 135.
13 V.I.C. § 610Validation of Prior Acts
The taking, holding, assigning, conveying, leasing, mortgaging, transferring or otherwise dealing with the
monies, properties, whether real, personal or mixed, or rights in action equitably belonging to any society,
union or association which was done before the effective date of this chapter in accordance with the
provisions of the Constitution or bylaws of the society, union or association at the time of the doing of the
same is hereby declared to be a lawful act of such society, union or association.
History: Added June 3, 1970, No. 2730, Sess. L. 1970, p. 135.
13 V.I.C. § 701Short Title
This chapter may be cited as the "Professional Service Corporations Act of the Virgin Islands".
History: Added July 2, 1973, No. 3447, Sess. L. 1973, p. 133.
13 V.I.C. § 702Definitions
As used in this chapter:
(1) Unless the context otherwise requires, the term "licensing authority" means the appropriate board or
licensing agency established pursuant to Title 27 of the Virgin Islands Code for the purpose of examining
and licensing all professions and occupations licensed under the said Title 27, and the District Court of the
Virgin Islands in the case of the profession of law.
(2) "Profession" includes any practice as an attorney and counselor at law, or as a licensed physician, and
those occupations designated in Title 27 of the Virgin Islands Code.
(3) "Professional service" means any type of service to the public which may be lawfully rendered by a
member of a profession within the purview of his profession.
(4) "Professional service corporation" means a corporation organized under this chapter.
(5) "Officer" does not include the secretary or an assistant secretary of a corporation having only one
shareholder.
History: Added July 2, 1973, No. 3447, Sess. L. 1973, p. 133.
13 V.I.C. § 703Corporations Organized Under Other Provisions of Law
The provisions of this chapter shall not apply to corporations heretofore or hereafter duly organized under
any other provisions of law.
History: Added July 2, 1973, No. 3447, Sess. L. 1973, p. 134.
13 V.I.C. § 704Organization
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, one or more individuals duly authorized by law to render
the same professional service within the United States Virgin Islands may organize, or cause to be
organized, a professional service corporation for pecuniary profit under this chapter for the purpose of
rendering the same professional service, except that one or more individuals duly authorized by law to
practice professional engineering, architecture, landscape architecture or land surveying within the United
States Virgin Islands may organize, or cause to be organized, a professional service corporation for
pecuniary profit under this chapter for the purpose of rendering such professional services as such
individuals are authorized to practice.
(b) The certificate of incorporation of a professional service corporation shall meet the requirements of this
chapter and (1) shall state the profession or professions to be practiced by such corporation and the names
and residence addresses of all individuals who are to be the original shareholders, directors and officers of
such corporation, and (2) shall have attached thereto a certificate or certificates issued by the appropriate
licensing authority certifying that each of the proposed shareholders, directors and officers is authorized by
law to practice a profession which the corporation is being organized to practice and, if applicable, that one
or more of such individuals is authorized to practice each profession which the corporation will be
authorized to practice.
(c) A certified copy of the certificate of incorporation and of each amendment thereto shall be filed by the
corporation with the licensing authority within thirty days after the filing of such certificate or amendment
with the Office of the Lieutenant Governor.
(d) A professional service corporation, other than a corporation authorized to practice law, shall be under
the supervision of the appropriate licensing authority as set forth in Title 27 and be subject to disciplinary
proceedings and penalties, and its certificate of incorporation shall be subject to suspension, revocation of
annulment for cause, in the same manner and to the same extent as is provided with respect to individuals
and their licenses, certificates, and registrations in Title 27 relating to the applicable profession.
(e) A corporation authorized to practice law shall be subject to the regulation and control of, and its
certificate of incorporation shall be subject to suspension, revocation or annulment for cause by the
Supreme Court of the Virgin Islands in the same manner and to the same extent provided in the rules of the
Supreme Court with respect to individual attorneys.
(f) The order of suspension, revocation or annulment of the certificate of incorporation of a professional
service corporation pursuant to subdivisions (d) and (e) of this section shall be effective upon the filing of
such order with the Office of the Lieutenant Governor.
History: Added July 2, 1973, No. 3447, Sess. L. 1973, p. 134; amended July 30, 2016, No. 7888, § 12, Sess.
L. 2016, p. 113.
13 V.I.C. § 705Rendering of Professional Service
(a) No professional service corporation may render professional services except through individuals
authorized by law to render such professional services as individuals.
(b) Each final plan and report made or issued by a corporation practicing professional engineering,
architecture, landscape architecture or land surveying shall bear the name and seal of one or more
professional engineers, architects, landscape architects, or land surveyors respectively, who are in
responsible charge of such plan or report.
(c) Each report, diagnosis, prognosis, and prescription made or issued by a corporation practicing
medicine, dentistry, podiatry, optometry, ophthalmic dispensing, veterinary medicine, osteopathy,
pharmacy, nursing, or physiotherapy shall bear the signature of one or more physicians, dentists,
podiatrists, optometrists, ophthalmic dispensers, veterinarians, osteopaths, pharmacists, nurses, or
physiotherapists, respectively, who are in responsible charge of such report, diagnosis, prognosis, or
prescription.
(d) Each record, transcript, report and hearing report prepared by a corporation practicing certified
shorthand reporting shall bear the signature of one or more certified shorthand reporters who are in
responsible charge of such record, transcript, report, or hearing report.
(e) Each report and statement prepared by a corporation practicing public accounting or certified public
accounting shall bear the signature of one or more public accountants or certified public accountants
respectively, who are in responsible charge of such report or statement.
(f) Each opinion prepared by a corporation practicing law shall bear the signature of one or more attorneys
who are in responsible charge of such opinion.
(g) In addition to the requirements in subdivisions (b) through (f), inclusive, each document prepared by a
corporation which under the rules, regulations, laws or customs of the applicable professions is required to
bear the signature of an individual in responsible charge of such document, shall be signed by one or more
such individuals.
History: Added July 2, 1973, No. 3447, Sess. L. 1973, p. 135.
13 V.I.C. § 706Professional Relationships and Liabilities
(a) Each shareholder, employee or agent of a professional service corporation shall be personally and fully
liable and accountable for any negligent or wrongful act or misconduct committed by him or by any person
under his direct supervision and control while rendering professional services on behalf of such
corporation.
(b) The relationship of an individual to a professional service corporation with which such individual is
associated, whether as shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent, shall not modify or diminish the
jurisdiction over him of the licensing authority and in the case of an attorney, the courts of the United
States Virgin Islands.
History: Added July 2, 1973, No. 3447, Sess. L. 1973, p. 136.
13 V.I.C. § 707Purposes of Incorporation
No professional service corporation shall engage in any business other than the rendering of the
professional services for which it was incorporated; provided, that such corporation may invest its funds in
real estate, mortgages, stocks, bonds or any other type of investments.
History: Added July 2, 1973, No. 3447, Sess. L. 1973, p. 136.
13 V.I.C. § 708Issuance of Shares
A professional service corporation may issue shares only to individuals who are authorized by law to
practice in the United States Virgin Islands a profession which such corporation is authorized to practice
and who are or have been engaged in the practice of such profession in such corporation of a predecessor
entity, or who will engage in the practice of such profession in such corporation within thirty days of the
date such shares are issued. No shareholder of a professional service corporation shall enter into a voting
trust agreement, proxy, or any other type agreement vesting in another person, other than another
shareholder of the same corporation or a person who would be eligible to become a shareholder if
employed by the corporation, the authority to exercise voting power of any or all of his shares. All shares
issued, agreements made, or proxies granted in violation of this section shall be void.
History: Added July 2, 1973, No. 3447, Sess. L. 1973, p. 136.
13 V.I.C. § 709Directors and Officers
No individual may be a director or officer of a professional service corporation unless he is authorized by
law to practice in the United States Virgin Islands a profession which such corporation is authorized to
practice and is either a shareholder of such corporation or engaged in the practice of his profession in such
corporation.
History: Added July 2, 1973, No. 3447, Sess. L. 1973, p. 137.
13 V.I.C. § 710Disqualification of Shareholders, Directors, Officers and
Employees
If any shareholder, director, officer or employee of a professional service corporation who has been
rendering professional service to the public becomes legally disqualified to practice his profession within
the United States Virgin Islands, he shall sever all employment with, and financial interests (other than
interests as a creditor) in, such corporation forthwith or as otherwise provided in section 711 of this
chapter. All provisions of law regulating the rendering of professional services by a person elected or
appointed to a public office shall be applicable to a shareholder, director, officer and employee of such
corporation in the same manner and to the same extent as if fully set forth herein. Such legal
disqualification to practice his profession within the United States Virgin Islands shall be deemed to
constitute an irrevocable offer by the disqualified shareholder to sell his shares to the corporation,
pursuant to the provisions of section 711 or of the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or agreement among
the corporation and all shareholders, whichever is applicable. Compliance with the terms of such offer shall
be specifically enforceable in the courts of the United States Virgin Islands. A professional service
corporation's failure to enforce compliance with this provision shall constitute a ground for forfeiture of its
certificate of incorporation and its dissolution.
History: Added July 2, 1973, No. 3447, Sess. L. 1973, p. 137.
13 V.I.C. § 711Death Or Disqualification of Shareholders
(a) A professional service corporation shall purchase or redeem the shares of a shareholder in case of his
death or disqualification pursuant to the provisions of section 710, within six months after the appointment
of the executor or administrator or other legal representative of the estate of such deceased shareholder,
or within six months after such disqualification, at the book value of such shares as of the end of the month
immediately preceding the death or disqualification of the shareholder as determined from the books and
records of the corporation in accordance with its regular method of accounting. The certificate of
incorporation, the bylaws of the corporation or an agreement among the corporation and all shareholders
may modify this section by providing for a shorter period of purchase or redemption, or an alternate
method of determining the price to be paid for the shares, or both. If the corporation shall fail to purchase
or redeem such shares within the required period, a successful plaintiff in an action to recover the
purchase price of such shares shall also be awarded reasonable attorneys' fees and costs. Limitations on
the purchase or redemption of shares set forth in section 714 shall not apply to the purchase or redemption
of shares pursuant to this section. Nothing herein contained shall prevent a corporation from paying
pension benefits or other deferred compensation to or on behalf of a former or deceased officer, director or
employee thereof as otherwise permitted by law. The provisions of this section shall not be deemed to
require the purchase of the shares of a disqualified shareholder where the period of disqualification is for
less than six months, and the shareholder again becomes eligible to practice his profession within six
months from the date of disqualification.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision (a), the corporation shall not be required to purchase or
redeem the shares of a deceased or disqualified shareholder if such shares, within the time limit prescribed
by subdivision (a), are sold or transferred to another professional pursuant to the provisions of section 712.
History: Added July 2, 1973, No. 3447, Sess. L. 1973, p. 138.
13 V.I.C. § 712Transfer of Shares
No shareholder of a professional service corporation may sell or transfer his shares in such corporation
except to another individual who is eligible to have shares issued to him by such corporation or except in
trust to another individual who would be eligible to receive shares if he were employed by the corporation.
Nothing herein contained shall be construed to prohibit the transfer of shares by operation of law or by
court decree. No transferee of shares by operation of law or court decree may vote the shares for any
purpose whatsoever except with respect to corporate action under section 281 and section 283 of chapter 1
of this title. The restriction in the preceding sentence shall not apply, however, where such transferee
would be eligible to have shares issued to him if he were an employee of the corporation and, if there are
other shareholders, a majority of such other shareholders shall fail to redeem the shares so transferred,
pursuant to section 711, within sixty days of receiving written notice of such transfer. Any sale or transfer
except by operation of law or court decree or except for a corporation having one shareholder, may be
made only after the same shall have been approved by the board of directors, or at a shareholders' meeting
specially called for such purpose by such proportion, not less than a majority, of the outstanding shares as
may be provided in the certificate of incorporation or in the bylaws of such professional service
corporation. The certificate of incorporation or the bylaws of the professional service corporation, or the
professional service corporation and the shareholders by private agreement, may provide, in lieu of or in
addition to the foregoing provisions, for the alienation of shares and may require the redemption or
purchase of such shares by such corporation at prices and in a manner specifically set forth therein. The
existence of the restrictions on the sale or transfer of shares, as contained in this chapter and, if applicable,
in the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, stock purchase or stock redemption agreement, shall be noted
conspicuously on the face or back of every certificate for shares issued by a professional service
corporation. Any sale or transfer in violation of such restrictions shall be void.
History: Added July 2, 1973, No. 3447, Sess. L. 1973, p. 138.
13 V.I.C. § 713Corporate Name
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the name of a professional service corporation may contain
any word which, at the time of incorporation, could be used in the name of a partnership practicing a
profession which the corporation is authorized to practice, and may not contain any word which could not
be used by such a partnership; provided, however, the name of a professional service corporation may not
contain the name of a deceased person unless
(1) such person's name was part of the corporate name at the time of such person's death; or
(2) such person's name was part of the name of an existing partnership and at least two-thirds of such
partnership's partners become shareholders of the corporation.
(b) Such corporate name shall end with the words "Professional Corporation or Professional Limited
Liability Corporation" or the abbreviation "P.C., PC, P.L.L.C. or PLLC". The provisions of subsection (1) of
subdivision (a) of section 2 of Title 13 shall not apply to a professional service corporation.
History: Added July 2, 1973, No. 3447, Sess. L. 1973, p. 139; amended Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 4(a)(1),
Sess. L. 1998, p. 99.
13 V.I.C. § 714Business Corporation Law Applicable
Chapter 1 or chapter 15 of this title shall be applicable to a professional service corporation except to the
extent that the provisions thereof conflict with this chapter. A professional service corporation may
consolidate or merge only with another corporation organized under this chapter and only if all of the
professions practiced by such corporations could be practiced by a single corporation organized under this
chapter.
History: Added July 2, 1973, No. 3447, Sess. L. 1973, p. 140; amended Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 4(a)(2),
Sess. L. 1998, p. 99.
13 V.I.C. § 715Annual Statement
Each professional service corporation shall, on or before the first day of July of each year, furnish a
statement to the licensing authority listing the name and residence address of each shareholder, director
and officer of such corporation and certifying that all such individuals are authorized by law in the United
States Virgin Islands to practice a profession which such corporation is authorized to practice. The
statement shall be signed by the president or any vice-president of the corporation and attested to by the
secretary or any assistant secretary of the corporation.
History: Added July 2, 1973, No. 3447, Sess. L. 1973, p. 140.
13 V.I.C. § 716Regulation of Professions
This chapter shall not repeal, modify or restrict any provision of Title 27, or chapter 27 of Title 4 regulating
the professions referred to therein.
History: Added July 2, 1973, No. 3447, Sess. L. 1973, p. 140.
13 V.I.C. § 717Corporate Mergers and Consolidations
Notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of this chapter, a professional service corporation, pursuant to
the provisions of chapter 1, subchapter IX of this title, may be merged or consolidated with another
corporation formed pursuant to the provisions of this chapter or with a foreign corporation, provided that
the corporation which survives or which is formed pursuant thereto is a professional corporation or a
foreign professional corporation practicing the same profession or professions in the United States Virgin
Islands or state of incorporation. The restrictions on the issuance, transfer or sale or shares of a
professional service corporation shall not apply to any issuance, transfer or sale of shares made pursuant to
a merger or consolidation, provided that, after such merger or consolidation, any professional service
corporation which survives or which is created thereby shall be subject to all of the provisions of this
chapter, and shares thereafter only may be held by persons who are eligible to receive shares of such
professional service corporation. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as permitting the practice of
a profession by a corporation which is not incorporated pursuant to the provisions of this chapter.
History: Added July 2, 1973, No. 3447, Sess. L. 1973, p. 140.
13 V.I.C. § 751Forfeiture of Charter and Revocation of Permit
The Attorney General is authorized to institute a civil proceedings in the District Court to forfeit the
certificate of authority of a corporation organized under the laws of the United States Virgin Islands or to
revoke the certificate authorizing a foreign corporation to conduct businesses in the United States Virgin
Islands when:
(a) Any of the corporation officers or any other person controlling the management or operation of such
corporation, with the knowledge of the president and a majority of the board of directors or under such
circumstances wherein the president and a majority of the directors should have knowledge, is a person or
persons engaged in activities such as organized violent revolutionary or unlawful activity aimed at the
overthrow of the Government of the United States Virgin Islands (or any of its instrumentalities, boards,
agencies or commissions), organized homosexuality, organized crimes against nature, organized
prostitution, organized gambling, organized narcotics, organized extortion, organized embezzlement or
who is connected directly or indirectly with organizations, syndicates or criminal societies engaging in
such; or
(b) A director, officer, employee, agent or stockholder acting for, through or on behalf of such corporation
has, in conducting the corporation's affairs, purposely engaged in a persistent course of violent
revolutionary or unlawful activity aimed at the overthrow of the Government of the United States Virgin
Islands (its instrumentalities, agencies, boards, or commissions), organized crime, homosexuality, crimes
against nature, intimidation, coercion, bribery, prostitution, gambling, extortion, embezzlement, unlawful
sale of narcotics or other such illegal conduct, with the knowledge of the president and majority of the
board of directors or under such circumstances wherein the president and a majority of the directors
should have knowledge, with the intent to compel or induce other persons, firms or corporations to deal
with such corporation or engage in any such illegal conduct; or
(c) For the prevention of future illegal conduct of the same character, the public interest requires the
charter of the corporation be forfeited and the corporation be dissolved or the certificate of authority be
revoked.
History: Added May 28, 1971, No. 3053, § 1, Sess. L. 1971, p. 184.
13 V.I.C. § 752Enjoining Operation of a Business
The Attorney General is authorized to institute civil proceedings in the District Court of the Virgin Islands
to enjoin the operation of any business other than a corporation, including a partnership, joint venture or
sole proprietorship, when:
(a) Any person in control of any such business, who may be a partner in a partnership, a participant in a
joint venture, the owner of a sole proprietorship, an employee or agent of any such business, or a person
who, in fact, exercises control over the operations of any such business, has, in conducting its business
affairs, purposely engaged in a persistent course of violent, revolutionary or unlawful activity aimed at the
overthrow of the Government of the United States Virgin Islands (or any of its instrumentalities, boards,
agencies, or commissions), homosexuality, crimes against nature, intimidation, coercion, bribery,
prostitution, gambling, extortion, embezzlement, unlawful use of narcotics or other such illegal conduct
with the intent to compel or induce other persons, firms or corporations to deal with such business or
engage in any such illegal conduct, and
(b) That for the prevention of future illegal conduct of the same character, the public interest requires the
operation of the business to be enjoined.
History: Added May 28, 1971, No. 3053, § 1, Sess. L. 1971, p. 185.
13 V.I.C. § 753Institution and Conduct of Proceedings
(1) The proceedings authorized by section 751 of this chapter may be instituted against a corporation in
any district in which it is doing business. Such proceedings shall be deemed additional to any other
proceedings authorized by law for the purpose of forfeiting the certificate of authority of a corporation or
revoking the certificate of authority of a foreign corporation.
(2) The proceedings authorized by section 752 of this chapter may be instituted against a business other
than a corporation in any district in which it is doing business.
History: Added May 28, 1971, No. 3053, § 1, Sess. L. 1971, p. 186.
13 V.I.C. § 770Definitions
For the purposes of this chapter:
"Director" means the Director of the Virgin Islands Bureau of Internal Revenue;
"Virgin Islands foreign sales corporation", and "VIFSC" mean a corporation that elects to be treated as such
pursuant to section 772 of this chapter;
"Foreign trade income" means income which is:
(1) foreign trade income as defined in Subpart E of Part III of subchapter N of the Internal Revenue Code;
and
(2) gross income of a VIFSC attributable to non-Virgin Islands trading gross receipts;
"Foreign trade related income" of a VIFSC means the income of a VIFSC other than foreign trade income:
(1) income derived from or related to the non-Virgin Islands trading gross receipts of the VIFSC, including
but not limited to, penalties, forfeitures, accelerated lease payments, payments in lieu of lease payments,
liquidated damages, payments on default, guarantees, indemnities, and the like;
(2) other payments received by a lessor under, or in connection with, a long-term lease of all or
substantially all its non-Virgin Islands export property, or from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of
such leased non-Virgin Islands export property; and
(3) such other income as the Director shall by regulation designate.
"Internal Revenue Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (Title 26, United State Code), as
amended:
"Non-Virgin Islands trading gross receipts" means the gross receipts of any VIFSC, which are:
(1) from the sale, exchange or other disposition of non-Virgin Islands export property for direct use,
consumption or disposition outside the Virgin Islands; or
(2) from the lease or rental of non-Virgin Islands export property for use by the lessee outside the Virgin
Islands:
(3) for services that are related and subsidiary to:
(A) any sale, exchange, or other disposition of non-Virgin Islands export property by such corporation;
(B) any lease or rental of non-Virgin Islands export property for use by the lessee outside the Virgin
Islands;
(4) for engineering or architectural services for construction projects located, or proposed for location,
outside the Virgin Islands; or
(5) for the performance of managerial services for a person other than a related person in furtherance of
the production of non-Virgin Islands trading gross receipts described in item (1), (2), or (3) of this
definition: Provided, that this item (5) shall not apply to a VIFSC for any taxable year unless at least fifty
percent (50%) of its non-Virgin Islands trading gross receipts, determined without regards for this
sentence, for such taxable year are derived from activities described in items (1), (2), and (3) of this
definition; and
"Non-Virgin Islands export property" means property which is:
(1) qualified export property as defined in Subpart E of Part III of subchapter N of the
Internal Revenue Code; and
(2) property held for sale, lease, or rental, in the ordinary course of trade or business, by, or to, an VIFSC,
for direct use, consumption, or disposition outside the Virgin Islands.
History: Added Sept. 25, 1984, No. 4990, § 1, Sess. L. 1984, p. 233; amended Dec. 19, 1984, No. 5032, § 1,
Sess. L. 1984, p. 413; Sept. 28, 1990, No. 5641, § 3(b), Sess. L. 1990, p. 353; Dec. 29, 2001, No. 6490, §
1(f), Sess. L. 2001, p. 374.
13 V.I.C. § 771Applicability of Benefits
The benefits granted under this chapter:
(1) apply only to an VIFSC incorporated in the United States Virgin Islands;
(2) do not apply to an VIFSC or its shareholders if more than five percent (5%) of the VIFSC's gross income
during the taxable year is derived from sales or services in the United States Virgin Islands; provided, that
this paragraph shall not be construed to disqualify an VIFSC for the performance of services provided by or
on behalf of an VIFSC earning sales commissions from sales that generate non-Virgin Islands trading gross
receipts;
(3) do not apply to any Business Management or Consulting Firm for a Virgin Islands Foreign Sales
Corporation described in Title 27, section 302(a), Virgin Islands Code.
History: Added Sept. 25, 1984, No. 4990, § 1, Sess. L. 1984, p. 233; amended Dec. 19, 1984, No. 5032, § 2,
Sess. L. 1984, p. 413.
13 V.I.C. § 772Election of a Corporation to Be a Vifsc
(a) A corporation shall elect to be a VIFSC, if it is created under the laws of the United States Virgin Islands
and it declares, or is deemed to have declared, its intent to elect to become a VIFSC in the manner
described in section 431(a)(1) of this title.
(b) A corporation that is in good standing as of the effective date of this section, and which, as of the day
prior to such effective date, was a foreign sales corporation, as defined in section 770 of this chapter as in
effect as of that day may elect to be treated as a VIFSC if, prior to, or within twelve months of such
effective date, it amends it articles of incorporation to conform with section 431(a)(1) of this title, as
amended, or otherwise files a document with the Lieutenant Governor evidencing its intent to be treated as
a VIFSC. Such election, if timely filed after such effective date, will be deemed to be effective as of such
effective date.
History: Added Sept. 25, 1984, No. 4990, § 1, Sess. L. 1984, p. 233; Jan. 1, 2002, No. 6490, § 1(g), Sess. L.
2001, p. 376.
13 V.I.C. § 773Exemption of Vifscs From Income Taxes
An FSC shall be exempt from the payment of income tax under the Internal Revenue Code (as it applies to
the United States Virgin Islands) on:
(a) foreign trade income;
(b) net investment income and carrying charges; and
(c) foreign trade related income.
History: Added Sept. 25, 1984, No. 4990, § 1, Sess. L. 1984, p. 233; amended Dec. 19, 1984, No. 5032, § 3,
Sess. L. 1984, p. 413; Sept. 28, 1990, No. 5641, § 3(a), Sess. L. 1990, p. 352.
13 V.I.C. § 774Exemption of Vifscs From Gross Receipts Taxes
An FSC shall be exempt from the tax imposed under Title 33, section 43, Virgin Islands Code, with respect
to non-Virgin Islands trading gross receipts and foreign trade related income.
History: Added Sept. 25, 1984, No. 4990, § 1, Sess. L. 1984, p. 233; amended Sept. 28, 1990, No. 5641, §
3(c), Sess. L. 1990, p. 353.
13 V.I.C. § 775Exemption of Vifscs From Excise Taxes
An VIFSC shall be exempt from the tax imposed under Title 33, section 42, Virgin Islands Code, on non-
Virgin Islands export property imported into the United States Virgin Islands for reexport by the VIFSC in
the ordinary course of its trade or business.
History: Added Sept. 25, 1984, No. 4990, § 1, Sess. L. 1984, p. 233.
13 V.I.C. § 776Exemption of Vifscs From Customs Duties
(a) Non-Virgin Islands export property imported into the United States Virgin Islands for reexport by an
VIFSC shall be free of customs duties.
(b) The Director shall, within ten (10) days of a written request of an eligible VIFSC to do so, provide the
United States Customs Service with a certification that such VIFSC is eligible for the benefits of this
section. Should an VIFSC (or former VIFSC) which has been so certified become no longer eligible for such
benefits, the Director shall immediately so certify to the United States Customs Service.
History: Added Sept. 25, 1984, No. 4990, § 1, Sess. L. 1984, p. 233.
13 V.I.C. § 777Exemption of Certain Shareholders of an Vifsc From Certain Taxes
(a) No tax shall be imposed under sections 871(a)(1) and 881 of the Internal Revenue Code upon citizens
and residents of the United States and upon corporations organized in the United States with respect to
payments received from sources within the United States Virgin Islands derived from the foreign trade
income, investment income and carrying charges, or foreign trade related income of an VIFSC, of which
such citizen, resident or corporation is a shareholder. However, the exemption from tax under this section
shall apply to payments made by a former VIFSC only to the extent such payment is made with respect to
expenses paid or accrued from foreign trade income or foreign trade related income earned by the former
VIFSC during taxable years in which it was an VIFSC.
(b) For the purposes of this section, distributions shall he deemed to first be made from foreign trade
income and foreign trade related income earned by an VIFSC, or by a former VIFSC in a taxable year
during which the former VIFSC was an VIFSC.
History: Added Sept. 25, 1984, No. 4990, § 1, Sess. L. 1984, p. 233; amended Sept. 28, 1990, No. 5641, §
3(d), Sess. L. 1990, p. 353.
13 V.I.C. § 778Exemption of Vifscs From Certain Withholding Taxes
An VIFSC shall be exempt from the requirements of sections 1441 and 1442 of the Internal Revenue Code
(as it applies in the United States Virgin Islands) to withhold the tax imposed by sections 871(a)(1) and 881
of the Internal Revenue Code (as it applies in the United States Virgin Islands) with respect to payments
exempt from tax under section 777 of this chapter.
History: Added Sept. 25, 1984, No. 4990, § 1, Sess. L. 1984, p. 2331.
13 V.I.C. § 779,780 [Repealed]
History: Repealed. Jan. 1, 2002, No. 6490, § 2, Sess. L. 2001, p. 377.
Cite as: 13 V.I.C. § 779, 780
13 V.I.C. § 781Rules
The Director shall promulgate rules as are necessary for the implementation of this chapter. However,
prior to their submission to the Governor under Title 3, chapter 35, Virgin Islands Code, such rules shall be
submitted to the Commissioner of Commerce for his recommendations.
History: Added Sept. 25, 1984, No. 4990, § 1, Sess. L. 1984, p. 233.
13 V.I.C. § 801Definitions
As used in this chapter, the following words and phrases, unless differently defined or described, shall have
the meanings and references as follows:
(1) "Corporation" means a United States Virgin Islands economic development corporation created under
this chapter.
(2) "Financial institution" means any banking corporation or trust company, savings and loan association,
insurance company or related corporation, partnership, foundation, or other institution engaged primarily
in lending or investing funds.
(3) "Member" means any financial institution authorized to do business within the United States Virgin
Islands which shall undertake to lend money to a corporation created under this chapter, upon its call, and
in accordance with the provisions of this chapter.
(4) "Board of directors" means the board of directors of the corporation created under this chapter.
(5) "Loan limit" means for any member, the maximum amount permitted to be outstanding at one time on
loans made by such member to the corporation, as determined under the provisions of this chapter.
History: Added July 27, 1972, No. 3278, § 1, Sess. L. 1972, p. 233.
13 V.I.C. § 802Incorporators; Articles of Incorporation
(a) Twenty-five (25) or more persons, two-thirds of whom shall be residents of the United States Virgin
Islands, who may desire to create an economic development corporation under the provisions of this
chapter, for the purpose of promoting, developing, and advancing the prosperity and economic welfare of
the United States Virgin Islands and, to that end, to exercise the powers and privileges hereinafter
provided, may be incorporated by filing in the office of the Lieutenant Governor, as hereinafter provided,
articles of incorporation. The articles of incorporation shall contain:
(1) The name of the corporation, which shall include the words "Economic Development Corporation
of the Virgin Islands".
(2) The location of the principal office of the corporation, but such corporation may have offices in
such other places within the United States Virgin Islands as may be fixed by the board of directors.
(3) The purposes for which the corporation is founded, which shall be to promote, stimulate, develop,
and advance the business prosperity and economic welfare of the United States Virgin Islands and its
citizens; to encourage and assist through loans, investments or other business transactions in the
location of new business and industry in the United States Virgin Islands and to rehabilitate and assist
existing business and industry; to stimulate and assist in the expansion of all kinds of business activity
which will tend to promote the business development and maintain the economic stability of the
United States Virgin Islands, provide maximum opportunities for employment, encourage thrift, and
improve the standard of living of the citizens of the United States Virgin Islands; similarly, to
cooperate and act in conjunction with other organizations, public or private, in the promotion and
advancement of industrial, commercial, agricultural, and recreational developments in the United
States Virgin Islands, and to provide financing for the promotion, development, and conduct of all
kinds of business activity in the United States Virgin Islands, thereby establishing a source of credit
not otherwise available therefor.
(4) The names and post office addresses of the members of the first board of directors, who, unless
otherwise provided by the articles of incorporation or the bylaws, shall hold office for the first year of
existence of the corporation or until their successors are elected and have qualified.
(5) Any provision which the incorporators may choose to insert for the regulation of the business and
for the conduct of the affairs of the corporation and any provisions creating, dividing, limiting, and
regulating the powers of the corporation, the directors, stockholders or any class of the stockholders,
including, but not limited to a list of the officers, and provisions governing the issuance of stock
certificates to replace lost or destroyed certificates, provided that no provision shall be contained for
cumulative voting for directors.
(6) The amount of authorized capital stock and the number of shares into which it is divided, the par
value of each share and the amount of capital with which it will commence business and, if there is
more than one class of stock, a description of the different classes; the names and post office
addresses of the subscribers of stock and the number of shares subscribed by each. The aggregate of
the subscription shall be the minimum amount of capital with which the corporation shall commence
business which shall not be less than fifty thousand ($50,000.00) dollars. The articles of incorporation
may also contain any provision consistent with the laws of the United States Virgin Islands for the
regulation of the affairs of the corporation.
(7) The articles of incorporation shall be in writing, subscribed by not less than three (3) natural
persons competent to contract and acknowledged by each of the subscribers before an officer
authorized to take acknowledgements and filed in the office of the Lieutenant Governor for approval.
A duplicate copy so subscribed and acknowledged may also be filed.
(8) The articles of incorporation shall recite that the corporation is organized under the provisions of
this chapter
(b) The Lieutenant Governor shall not approve articles of incorporation for a corporation organized under
this chapter until a total of at least three (3) national banks, territorial banks, savings banks, industrial
savings banks, federal savings and loan associations, domestic building and loan associations, or insurance
companies authorized to do business within the United States Virgin Islands, or any combination thereof,
have agreed in writing to become members of said corporation; and said written agreement shall be filed
with the Lieutenant Governor with the articles of incorporation and the filing of same shall be a condition
precedent to the approval of the articles of incorporation by the Lieutenant Governor. Whenever the
articles of incorporation shall have been filed in the office of the Lieutenant Governor and approved by him,
and all filing fees and taxes prescribed by law, have been paid, the subscribers, their successors and
assigns shall constitute a corporation, and said corporation shall then be authorized to commence business,
and stock thereof, to the extent herein or hereafter duly authorized, may from time to time be issued.
History: Added July 27, 1972, No. 3278, § 1, Sess. L. 1972, p. 233.
13 V.I.C. § 803Applicability of General Corporation Law; Specific Powers
In furtherance of its purpose and in addition to the powers now or hereafter conferred on business
corporations by the general corporation law of the United States Virgin Islands, corporations formed
pursuant to this chapter shall, subject to the restrictions and limitations herein contained, have the
following powers:
(1) To elect, appoint, and employ officers, agents, and employees; to make contracts and incur liabilities for
any of the purposes of the corporation; provided, that the corporation shall not incur any secondary liability
by way of guaranty or endorsement of the obligations of any person, firm, corporation, joint stock company,
association or trust, or in any other manner.
(2) To borrow money from its members and the Federal Small Business Administration and any other
similar federal agency for any of the purposes of the corporation; to issue therefor its bonds, debentures,
notes or other evidences of indebtedness, whether secured or unsecured, and to secure the same by
mortgage, pledge, deed of trust or other lien on its property, franchises, rights, and privileges of every kind
and nature, or any part thereof or interest therein, without securing stockholder or member approval.
(3) To make loans to any person, firm, corporation, joint-stock company, association or trust, and to
establish and regulate the terms and conditions with respect to any such loans and the charges for interest
and service connected therewith; provided, however, that the corporation shall not approve any application
for a loan unless and until the person applying for said loan shall show that he has applied for the loan
through ordinary banking channels and that the loan has been refused by at least one (1) bank or other
financial institution.
(4) To purchase, receive, hold, lease, or otherwise acquire, and to sell, convey, transfer, lease, or otherwise
dispose of real and personal property, together with such rights and privileges as may be incidental and
appurtenant thereto and the use thereof, including, but not restricted to any real or personal property
acquired by the corporation from time to time in the satisfaction of debts or enforcement of obligations.
(5) To acquire the goodwill, business, rights, real and personal property; and other assets, or any part
thereof, or interest therein, or any persons, firms, corporations, joint-stock companies, associations or
trusts, and to assume, undertake, or pay the obligations, debts, and liabilities of any such person, firm,
corporation, joint-stock company, association or trust; to acquire improved or unimproved real estate for
the purpose of constructing industrial plants or other business establishments thereon or for the purpose of
disposing of such real estate to others for the construction of industrial plants or other business
establishments; and to acquire, construct or reconstruct, alter, repair, maintain, operate, sell, convey,
transfer, lease, or otherwise dispose of industrial plants or business establishments.
(6) To acquire, subscribe for, own, hold, sell, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge or otherwise dispose of the
stock, shares, bonds, debentures, notes or other securities and evidences of interest in, or indebtedness of
any person, firm, corporation, joint-stock company, association or trust, and while the owner or holder
thereof to exercise all the rights, powers, and privileges and ownership, including the right to vote thereon.
(7) To mortgage, pledge, or otherwise encumber any property, right or thing of value, acquired pursuant to
the powers contained in subsections (4), (5) or (6) as security for the payment of any part of the purchase
price thereof.
(8) To cooperate with and avail itself of the facilities of the United States Department of Commerce, the
Virgin Islands Small Business Development Agency, and any other similar territorial or federal
governmental agencies; and to cooperate with and assist, and otherwise encourage organizations in the
various communities of the United States Virgin Islands in the promotion, assistance, and development of
the business prosperity and economic welfare of such communities or of the United States Virgin Islands or
of any part thereof.
(9) To conduct its business within or without the United States Virgin Islands.
(10) To accept gifts or grants of money, service or property, real or personal.
(11) To do and perform any and all acts and things necessary or convenient to carry out the powers
expressly granted in this chapter and to effect the purposes for which the corporation is organized.
History: Added July 27, 1972, No. 3278, § 1, Sess. L. 1972, p. 235.
13 V.I.C. § 804Investors, Loans; Membership In Financial Institutions
(a) Notwithstanding any rule at common law or any provision of any general or special law or any provision
in their respective charters, agreements of association, articles of organization or trust indentures:
(1) Any person, including all domestic corporations organized for the purpose of carrying on business
within the United States Virgin Islands, and further including without implied limitation public utility
companies and insurance companies, and foreign corporations licensed to do business within the
United States Virgin Islands, and all financial institutions as defined herein, and all trusts, are hereby
authorized to acquire, purchase, hold, sell, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge or otherwise dispose of
any bonds, securities, or other evidence of indebtedness created by, or the shares of the capital stock
of the corporation, and while owners of said stock to exercise all the rights, powers, and privileges of
ownership, including the right to vote thereon, all without the approval of any regulatory authority of
the Government of the United States Virgin Islands except as otherwise provided in this chapter;
provided, however, that a financial institution which does not become a member of the corporation
shall not be permitted to acquire any shares of the capital stock of the corporation.
(2) All financial institutions are hereby authorized to become members of the corporation and to make
loans to the corporations as provided herein and;
(3) Each financial institution which becomes a member of the corporation is hereby authorized to
acquire, purchase, hold, sell, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any bonds,
securities, or other evidences of indebtedness created by, or the shares of the capital stock of the
corporation, and while owners of said stock to exercise all the rights, powers, and privileges of
ownership, including the right to vote thereon, all without the approval of any regulatory authority of
the Government of the United States Virgin Islands; provided, that the amount of the capital stock of
the corporation which may be acquired by any member pursuant to the authority granted herein shall
not exceed ten percent (10%) of the loan limit of such member.
(b) The amount of capital stock of the corporation which any member is authorized to acquire pursuant to
the authority granted herein is in addition to the amount of capital stock in corporations which such
member may otherwise be authorized to acquire.
History: Added July 27, 1972, No. 3278, § 1, Sess. L. 1972, p. 237.
13 V.I.C. § 805Applications For Membership; Loans to Corporation
(a) Any financial institution may request membership in the corporation by making application to the board
of directors on such form and in such manner as said board of directors may require, and membership shall
become effective upon acceptance of such application by said board.
(b) Each member of the corporation shall make loans to the corporation as and when called upon by it to do
so on such terms and other conditions as shall be approved from time to time by the board of directors,
subject to the following conditions:
(1) All loan limits shall be established at the thousand dollar amount nearest to the amount computed
in accordance with the provisions of this section.
(2) No loan to the corporation shall be made if immediately thereafter the total amount of the
obligations of the corporation would exceed ten (10) times the amount then paid in on the outstanding
capital stock of the corporation.
(3) The total amount outstanding on loans to the corporation made by any member at any one time,
when added to the amount of the investment in the capital stock of the corporation then held by such
member, shall not exceed:
(i) Twenty percent (20%) of the total amount then outstanding on loans to the corporation by all
members, including in said total amount outstanding amounts validly called for loan but not yet
loaned.
(ii) The following limit, to be determined as of the time such member becomes a member on the
basis of the audited balance sheet of such member at the close of its fiscal year immediately
preceding its application for membership, or in the case of an insurance company, its last annual
statement to the Insurance Commissioner; two and one-half percent (2 1/2%) of the capital and
surplus of commercial banks and trust companies; one-half of one percent (1/2%) of the total
outstanding loans made by savings and loan associations, and building and loan associations; two
and one-half (2 1/2%) of the capital and unassigned surplus of mutual insurance companies,
except fire insurance companies; one tenth of one percent (1/10%) of the assets of fire insurance
companies; and such limits as may be approved by the board of directors of the corporation for
other financial institutions.
(c) Subject to subparagraph (i) of paragraph (3) of subsection (b) of this section, each call made by the
corporation shall be prorated among the members of the corporation in substantially the same proportion
that the adjusted loan limit of each member bears to the aggregate of the adjusted loan limits of all
members. The adjusted loan limit of a member shall be the amount of such member's loan limit, reduced by
the balance of outstanding loans made by such member to the corporation and the investment in capital
stock of the corporation held by such member at the time of such call.
(d) All loans to the corporation by members shall be evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other
evidences of indebtedness of the corporation, which shall be freely transferable at all times, and which
shall bear interest at a rate of not less than one-quarter of one percent (1/4%) in excess of the rate of
interest determined by the board of directors to be the prime rate prevailing at the date of issuance thereof
on unsecured commercial loans.
History: Added July 27, 1972, No. 3278, § 1, Sess. L. 1972, p. 238.
13 V.I.C. § 806Duration of Membership; Withdrawal
(a) Membership in the corporation shall be for the duration of the corporation; provided, that upon written
notice given to the corporation six (6) months in advance, a member may withdraw from membership in the
corporation at the expiration date of such notice.
(b) A member shall not be obligated to make any loans to the corporation pursuant to calls made
subsequent to notice of the intended withdrawal of said member.
History: Added July 27, 1972, No. 3278, § 1, Sess. L. 1972, p. 240.
13 V.I.C. § 807Powers of Stockholders and Members; Voting
(a) The stockholders and members of the corporation shall have the following powers of the corporation:
(1) To determine the number of and elect directors as provided in section 809 hereof;
(2) To make, amend, and repeal bylaws;
(3) To amend this chapter as provided in section 808;
(4) To dissolve the corporation as provided in section 814(b);
(5) To do all things necessary or desirable to secure aid, assistance loans and other financing from any
financial institutions, and from any agency established under the Small BusSmall Business
Investment Act of 1958LaPublic Law 85-699ngress, or similar federal laws now or hereafter enacted;
(6) To exercise such other of the powers of the corporation consistent with this chapter as may be
conferred on the stockholders and the members by the bylaws.
(b) As to all matters requiring action by the stockholders and the members of the corporation, said
stockholders and said members shall vote separately thereon by classes, and except as otherwise herein
provided, such matters shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes to which the
stockholders present or represented at the meeting shall be entitled and the affirmative vote of a majority
of the votes to which the members present or represented at the meeting shall be entitled.
(c) Each stockholder shall have one (1) vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of capital stock held by
him, and each member shall have one (1) vote, in person or by proxy, except that any member having a
loan limit of more than one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) shall have one (1) additional vote, in person or by
proxy, for each additional one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) which such member is authorized to have
outstanding on loans to the corporation at any one time as determined under subparagraph (ii) of
paragraph (3) of subsection (b) of section 805 of this chapter.
History: Added July 27, 1972, No. 3278, § 1, Sess. L. 1972, p. 240.
13 V.I.C. § 808Amendment of Articles of Incorporation
(a) The articles of incorporation may be amended by the votes of the stockholders and the members of the
corporation, voting separately by classes, and such amendments shall require approval by the affirmative
vote of two-thirds (2/3) of the votes to which the stockholders shall be entitled and two-thirds (2/3) of the
votes to which the members shall be entitled; provided, that no amendment of the articles of incorporation
which is inconsistent with the general purposes expressed herein or which authorizes any additional class
of capital stock to be issued, or which eliminates or curtails the right of the Banking Board to examine the
corporations or the obligation of the corporation to make reports as provided in section 812 of this chapter,
shall be made; and, provided further, that no amendment of the articles of incorporation which increases
the obligation of a member to make loans to the corporation, or makes any change in the principal amount,
interest rate, maturity date, or in the security or credit position of any outstanding loan of a member to the
corporation, or affects a member's right to withdraw from membership as provided herein, or affects a
member's voting rights as provided herein, shall be made without the consent of each member affected by
such amendment.
(b) Within thirty (30) days after any meeting at which an amendment of the articles of incorporation has
been adopted, articles of amendment signed and sworn to by the president, treasurer, and a majority of the
directors, setting forth such amendments and due adoption thereof, shall be submitted to the Lieutenant
Governor who shall examine them, and if he finds that they conform to the requirements of this chapter,
shall so certify and endorse his approval thereon. Thereupon, the articles of amendment shall be filed in
the office of the Lieutenant Governor, and no such amendment shall take effect until such articles of
amendment shall have been filed as aforesaid.
History: Added July 27, 1972, No. 3278, § 1, Sess. L. 1972, p. 241.
13 V.I.C. § 809Management of Corporation; Officers and Directors
(a) The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and conducted by a board of directors, a
president, a vice-president, a secretary, a treasurer, and such other officers and such agents as the
corporation by its bylaws shall authorize. The board of directors shall consist of such number not less than
fifteen (15) nor more than twenty-one (21), as shall be determined in the first instance by the incorporators
and thereafter annually by the members and the stockholders of the corporation. The board of directors
may exercise all the powers of the corporation except such as are conferred by law or by the bylaws of the
corporation upon the stockholders or members and shall choose and appoint all the agents and officers of
the corporation and fill all vacancies except vacancies in the office of director, which shall be filled as
hereinafter provided. The board of directors shall be elected in the first instance by the incorporators and
thereafter at the annual meeting, which annual meeting shall be held during the month of January or, if no
annual meeting shall be held in the year of incorporation, then within ninety (90) days after the approval of
the articles of incorporation at a special meeting held as provided in this section. At each annual meeting,
or at a special meeting held as provided in this section, the members of the corporation shall elect one-
third (1/3) of the members of the board of directors; the stockholders shall elect one-third (1/3) of the
members of the board and remaining members of the board shall be elected jointly by the members of the
corporation and its stockholders; provided, however, that the ratio of member-stockholder representation
on the board of directors may be altered if at a special meeting called for such purpose two-thirds (2/3) of
all members and two-thirds (2/3) of the stockholders elect to do so. The directors shall hold office until the
next annual meeting of the corporation or special meeting held in lieu of the annual meeting after the
election and until their successors are elected and qualified unless sooner removed in accordance with the
provisions of the bylaws. Any vacancy in the office of a director elected by the members shall be filled by
the directors elected by the members, and any vacancy in the office of a director elected by the
stockholders shall be filled by the directors elected by the stockholders.
(b) Directors and officers shall not be responsible for losses unless the same shall have been occasioned by
the willful misconduct of such directors and officers.
History: Added July 27, 1972, No. 3278, § 1, Sess. L. 1972, p. 241.
13 V.I.C. § 810Earned Surplus
Each year the corporation shall set apart as earned surplus not less than ten percent (10%) of its net
earnings for the preceding fiscal year until such surplus shall be equal in value to one-half (1/2) of the
amount paid in on the capital stock then outstanding. Whenever the amount of surplus established herein
shall become impaired, it shall be built up again to the required amount in the manner provided for its
original accumulation. Net earnings and surplus shall be determined by the board of directors, after
providing for such reserves as said directors deem desirable, and the determination of the directors made
in good faith shall be conclusive on all persons.
History: Added July 27, 1972, No. 3278, § 1, Sess. L. 1972, p. 242.
13 V.I.C. § 811Depository
The corporation shall not deposit any of its funds in any banking institution unless such institution has been
designated as a depository by a vote of a majority of the directors at an authorized meeting of the board of
directors, exclusive of any director who is an officer or director of the depository so designated. The
corporation shall not receive money on deposit.
History: Added July 27, 1972, No. 3278, § 1, Sess. L. 1972, p. 243.
13 V.I.C. § 812Examination of Corporation
The corporation shall be examined at least once annually by the Banking Board and the corporation shall
make an annual report of its financial condition to the Banking Board. The Banking Board shall forward
copies of such annual reports to the Governor, Lieutenant Governor and the Legislature. The corporation
shall also furnish such other information as may from time to time be required by the Banking Board or the
Lieutenant Governor.
History: Added July 27, 1972, No. 3278, § 1, Sess. L. 1972, p. 243.
13 V.I.C. § 813First Meeting of Corporation
(a) The first meeting of the corporation shall be called by a notice signed by three (3) or more of the
incorporators, stating the time, place, and purpose of the meeting, a copy of which notice shall be mailed or
delivered to each incorporator at least ten (10) days before the day appointed for the meeting. Said first
meeting may be held without such notice upon agreement in writing to that effect, signed by all the
incorporators. There shall be recorded in the minutes of the meeting a copy of said notice or of such
unanimous agreement of the incorporators.
(b) At such first meeting, the incorporators shall organize by the choice, by ballot, of a temporary clerk; by
the adoption of bylaws; by the election by ballot of directors; and by action upon such other matters within
the powers of the corporation as the incorporators may see fit. The temporary clerk shall be sworn and
shall make and attest a record of the proceedings. Ten (10) of the incorporators shall be a quorum for the
transaction of business.
History: Added July 27, 1972, No. 3278, § 1, Sess. L. 1972, p. 243.
13 V.I.C. § 814Duration; Dissolution
(a) The period of duration of the corporation shall be perpetual subject however, to the right of the
stockholders and the members to dissolve the corporation prior to the expiration of said period.
(b) The corporation may, upon the affirmative vote of two-thirds (2/3) of the votes to which the stockholders
shall be entitled and two-thirds (2/3) of the votes to which the members shall be entitled, dissolve said
corporation. Upon any dissolution of the corporation, none of the corporation's assets shall be distributed
to the stockholders until all sums due the members of the corporation as creditors thereof have been paid
in full.
History: Added July 27, 1972, No. 3278, § 1, Sess. L. 1972, p. 244.
13 V.I.C. § 815No Pledge of Government Credit
Under no circumstances shall the credit of the Government of the United States Virgin Islands be pledged
to any corporation organized under the provisions of this chapter.
History: Added July 27, 1972, No. 3278, § 1, Sess. L. 1972, p. 244.
13 V.I.C. § 816Designation As State Development Company
Any corporation organized under the provisions of this chapter shall be a state development company, as
defined in the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, Public Law 85-699, 85th Congress, or any other
similar federal legislation, and shall be authorized to operate on an island-wide basis.
History: Added July 27, 1972, No. 3278, § 1, Sess. L. 1972, p. 244.
13 V.I.C. § 817Tax Credits and Privileges
Any tax exemptions, tax credits, or tax privileges granted to banks, saving and loan associations, trust
companies, and other financial institutions by any general laws are granted to corporations organized
pursuant to this chapter.
History: Added July 27, 1972, No. 3278, § 1, Sess. L. 1972, p. 244.
13 V.I.C. § 818Fiscal Year
Corporations organized under this chapter shall adopt the calendar year as their fiscal year.
History: Added July 27, 1972, No. 3278, § 1, Sess. L. 1972, p. 244.
13 V.I.C. § 819Severability
The provisions of this chapter are severable, and if any of its provisions shall be held unconstitutional by
any court of competent jurisdiction, the decision of such court shall not affect or impair any of the
remaining provisions.
History: Added July 27, 1972, No. 3278, § 1, Sess. L. 1972, p. 244.
13 V.I.C. § 850Policy and Purpose
The policies and purposes of this chapter are declared to be the promotion of the growth and development
of the economy of the United States Virgin Islands by creating opportunities and incentives for
international investment in the Territory, as authorized and encouraged by the federal Tax
Reform Act of 1986, which will result in:
(1) worldwide exposure of the United States Virgin Islands as a business center as well as a tourist
destination;
(2) the creation of new jobs through the expansion of existing local businesses;
(3) the creation of new local business opportunities; and
(4) the promotion of capital formation for the development of the United States Virgin Islands.
All of these policies and purposes are declared to be in the public interest.
History: Added Dec. 8, 1986, No. 5224, § 3, Sess. L. 1986, p. 352.
13 V.I.C. § 851Definitions
For the purposes of this chapter:
(a) "Exempt company" means a corporation organized in the United States Virgin Islands which meets the
requirements of section 852 of this chapter and an exempt branch as such term is defined in section 853a
of this chapter.
(b) "Internal Revenue Code" means the United States Internal Revenue Code (Title
26, United States Code), as amended.
(c) "Exempt Insurer" means an exempt company which also meets the definition of "exempt captive
insurer" in Title 22, Chapter 55, Virgin Islands Code, and which conducts no business other than that of an
exempt international insurer.
(d) "Exempt international banking facility" means an exempt company which is granted a license pursuant
to Title 9, chapter 21, Virgin Islands Code.
(e) "Exempt mutual fund" means an exempt company the principal business of which is trading in stocks or
securities for its own account.
(f) "Virgin Islands person" has the same meaning as is contained in the Internal Revenue Code as it applies
in the United States Virgin Islands.
(g) "United States person" has the same meaning as is contained in the Internal Revenue Code as it applies
in the United States.
(h) "Exempt activities" are any of the activities undertaken by an exempt company outside of the United
States Virgin Islands, the earning or receipt of interest on deposits with banks or savings institutions or on
amounts held by an insurance company under an agreement to pay interest thereon, the earning of receipt
of interest or dividends from another exempt company, and the realization of gain or loss from the sale or
exchange or other disposition of the stock of another exempt company. In the case of exempt insurers,
exempt mutual funds, and exempt international banking facilities, exempt activities may also include
activities within the United States Virgin Islands provided such activities are a required part of the
business of the exempt insurer, exempt mutual fund or exempt international banking facility.
Without limiting the foregoing, "exempt activities" also include, in the case of an exempt mutual fund,
activities conducted in the United States Virgin Islands of a type described in clauses (1clauses (1)-
(10) appear in U.S. TreasU.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.864-2(c)(2)(iii)empt activities shall
include:
(1) Communicating with its shareholders (including the furnishing of financial reports),
(2) Communicating with the general public,
(3) Soliciting sales of its own stock,
(4) Accepting the subscriptions of new stockholders,
(5) Maintaining its principal corporate records and books of accounts,
(6) Auditing its books of accounts,
(7) Disbursing payments of dividends, legal fees, accounting fees, and officers" and directors" salaries,
(8) Publishing or furnishing the offering and redemption price of the shares of stock issued by it,
(9) Conducting meetings of its shareholders and board of directors, and
(10) Making redemptions of its own stock.
(i) "Corporation" includes a domestic limited liability company and a foreign limited liability company as
defined in section 1102 of this Title if such limited liability company otherwise meets all requirements
herein to be an exempt company; provided that such limited liability company shall be treated as a
corporation for the purposes of the Internal Revenue Code.
History: Added Dec. 8, 1986, No. 5224, § 3, Sess. L. 1986, p. 353; amended Aug. 17, 1993, No. 5880, § 2(a)
(2), (d)(1), Sess. L. 1993, p. 153; Oct. 13, 1994, No. 6029, § 1(A), Sess. L. 1994, p. 225;
Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 5(a), Sess. L. 1998, p. 99; amended Apr. 11, 2022, No. 8563, § 3(1), Sess. L.
2022, p. 137.
13 V.I.C. § 852Requirements For Exempt Companies
In order to qualify and remain eligible for the benefits granted by this chapter, an exempt company shall:
(1) Except in the case of an exempt insurer which is a domestic corporation as defined in Sections 7701(a)
(3) and (4) of the Internal Revenue Code (as it applies in the United States), or which has an election in
effect under Section 953(d) of the Internal Revenue Code (as it applies in the United States), not engage in
the conduct of a trade or business in the United States;
(2) Except in the case of an exempt insurer, exempt international banking facility, or exempt mutual fund,
not engage in the active conduct of a trade or business in the United States Virgin Islands.
(3) Except in the case of an exempt insurer which is a domestic corporation as defined in Sections 7701(a)
(3) and (4) of the Internal Revenue Code (as it applies in the United States), or which has an election in
effect under Section 953(d) of the Internal Revenue Code (as it applies in the United States), comply with
Section 934 of the Internal Revenue Code or any successor provision, with respect to ownership of stock of
the exempt company by United States persons.
(4) Comply with section 854 of this chapter with respect to ownership of stock of the exempt company by
Virgin Islands persons; and
(5) Elect to be an exempt company in accordance with section 853 of this chapter.
History: Added Dec. 8, 1986, No. 5224, § 3, Sess. L. 1986, p. 353. amended Oct. 13, 1994, No. 6029, §
1(B), Sess. L. 1994, p. 226; Dec. 30, 1994, No. 6064, § 4, Sess. L. 1994, p. 315.
13 V.I.C. § 853Election of a Corporation to Be an Exempt Company; Revocation of
Election
(a) In order to elect to become an exempt company a corporation shall take any one of the following
actions:
(1) include a statement in its original articles of incorporation, or in its certificate of domestication
filed in accordance with section 471 of this title, that it may or shall be considered an exempt company
pursuant to this chapter; or
(2) file with the Lieutenant Governor, at the time of filing its original articles of incorporation, or its
certificate of domestication filed in accordance with section 471 of this title, that it may or shall be
considered an exempt company pursuant to this chapter; or
(3) in the case of a corporation to which section 853a of this chapter applies, files with the Lieutenant
Governor, at the time of filing the documents required by section 401 of this title or Title 22,
Chapter 55, Virgin Islands Code, a letter or statement signed by its president, vice-president or
managing director, attested to by another corporate officer or director, that it shall be considered an
exempt company pursuant to this chapter; provided, however, that originals or copies of any such
letter or statement filed by an exempt insurer shall be filed with both the Division of Corporations and
the Division of Banking, Insurance and Financial Regulation of the Office of the Lieutenant Governor.
(b) A corporation may include in the letter or statement by which it elects to become an exempt company,
or in a subsequent letter or statement, a statement to the effect that it elects to be subject to the provisions
of section 855(c) of this title. A corporation that makes such election may revoke the election at any time by
filing with the Lieutenant Governor, a letter or statement in which it states that it revokes the election and
sets forth the effective date of the revocation, which shall not be prior to the first day of the taxable year of
the corporation in which the letter or statement is filed.
(c) A corporation that shall propose to transfer its domicile into the United States Virgin Islands may
include in the certificate required by paragraph (4) of section 472(c) of this title, a statement that upon its
transfer of domicile into the United States Virgin Islands it shall be considered an exempt company
pursuant to this chapter. Such election shall only become effective upon the transfer of the domicile of such
corporation to the United States Virgin Islands and shall be in lieu of any other election required by this
section.
(d) An exempt company may revoke its election to be treated as such by filing a letter or statement with the
Lieutenant Governor signed by the President or Vice-President and the Secretary or Assistant Secretary
stating the effective date of the revocation.
(e) Any revocation of an election to be an exempt company shall only take effect as of the first day of the
company's present or next subsequent taxable year.
History: Added Dec. 8, 1986, No. 5224, § 3, Sess. L. 1986, p. 354; amended Aug. 17, 1993, No. 5880, §§
2(a)(3), (b)(2), 3(b)(1), (2), Sess. L. 1993, pp. 153, 156; Oct. 13, 1994, No. 6029, § 1(F), Sess. L. 1994, p.
226; amended Jan. 20, 2017, No. 7962, § 8(2), Sess. L. 2016, p. 311.
13 V.I.C. § 853aExempt Branches
Any corporation that (i) is not a domestic corporation as that term is defined in sections 7701(a)
(3) and (4) of the Internal Revenue Code (as it applies in the United States Virgin Islands), and (ii) is not a
domestic corporation as that term is defined in section 7701(a)(3) and (4) of the Internal Revenue Code (as
it applies in the United States), and (iii) which qualifies to do business in the Virgin Islands pursuant to
section 401 of this Title; or in the case of a foreign limited liability company, registers to do business in the
Virgin Islands pursuant to section 2002 of this Title, or is licensed as a captive insurer under Title 22,
chapter 55, Virgin Islands Code, and (iv) meets the requirements of section 852 of this chapter, and (v)
makes an election in accordance with section 853(a)(3) of this chapter, shall be an exempt branch and shall
be treated for all purposes in the same manner as an exempt company. The requirements of clause (ii)
above shall not apply to an exempt insurer.
History: Added Aug. 17, 1993, No. 5880, § 2(a)(1), Sess. L. 1993, p. 153; amended
Oct. 13, 1994, No. 6029, § 1(C), Sess. L. 1994, p. 226; Dec. 30, 1994, No. 6064, § 5, Sess. L. 1994, p. 316;
Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 5(b), Sess. L. 1998, p. 99; amended Apr. 11, 2022, No. 8563, § 3(2), Sess. L.
2022, p. 137.
13 V.I.C. § 854Limitation On Ownership By Virgin Islands Persons
(a) A corporation shall qualify as an exempt company only if less than ten percent (10%) of:
(1) the total voting power of the stock of such corporation; or
(2) the total value of the stock of such corporation;
is owned or treated as owned (within the meaning of section 958 of the Internal Revenue Code)
by one or more Virgin Islands persons.
(b) For the purposes of this section, "Virgin Islands persons" shall not include exempt companies.
(c) This section shall not apply to an exempt international banking facility owned in whole or in part by a
United States Virgin Islands bank.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, a company shall not be disqualified as an exempt
company if ten percent (10%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of such company is owned or
treated as owned by one or more Virgin Islands persons as trustee or trustees pursuant to a voting trust, so
long as such trustee or trustees have no beneficial ownership interest in the stock of such company and the
company otherwise qualifies as an exempt company.
History: Added Dec. 8, 1986, No. 5224, § 3. Sess. L. 1986, p. 354; amended Aug. 17, 1993, No. 5880, § 2(d)
(2), Sess. L. 1993, p. 153.
13 V.I.C. § 855Exemption From Income Taxes
(a) An exempt company, other than an exempt insurer, an exempt mutual fund, or an exempt international
banking facility, shall be treated with respect to its exempt activities for the purposes of the
Internal Revenue Code (as it applies in the United States Virgin Islands) as a foreign corporation which
does not earn United States Virgin Islands source income and which is not engaged in trade or business
within the United States Virgin Islands.
(b) An exempt insurer, an exempt mutual fund and an exempt international banking facility shall be exempt
from the payment of income tax under the Internal Revenue Code (as it applies in the United States Virgin
Islands) with respect to its exempt activities provided, however, that this exemption shall not apply to:
(1) income which is derived from sources within the United States, unless the income is effectively
connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States Virgin Islands, or
(2) with respect to an exempt insurer that is not required to meet the ownership requirement of
section 852(3) of this chapter, income which is derived from sources other than the United States
Virgin Islands, unless the income is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business
within the United States Virgin Islands.
(c) In the case of an exempt company electing to be subject to the provisions of this subsection:
(i) subsections (a) and (b) of this section shall not apply;
(ii) with respect to its exempt activities, such exempt company shall be subject to the payment of
income tax under the Internal Revenue CInternal Revenue Code the United States Virgin Islands) but
only to the extent of one percent (1%) of its taxable income from such activities; provided however,
that of the one percent (1%) of such taxable income, ten percent (10%) thereof shall be put aside and
used for promotion and advertising of the Exempt Company program by the Department of Economic
Development and Agriculture.
(iii) such exempt company may elect to credit against its income tax liability described in clause
(iclause (ii)e amount of franchise tax it pays during the taxable year pursuant to section 860(a) of this
chapter, but in no event shall the amount of such credit exceed the amount of such income tax
liability; and
(iv) any exempt company which elects to take the credit described in clause (iii) above in respect of
any franchise tax payment may not also deduct the amount of such franchise tax payment in
determining its taxable income.
History: Added Dec. 8, 1986, No. 5224, § 3, Sess. L. 1986, p. 355; amended Aug. 17, 1993, No. 5880, § 2(b)
(1), (d)(3), Sess. L. 1993, p. 153; Oct. 13, 1994, No. 6029, § 1(D), Sess. L. 1994, p. 226;
Dec. 30, 1994, No. 6064, § 6, Sess. L. 1994, p. 316.
13 V.I.C. § 856Exemption From Gross Receipts Taxes
An exempt company shall be exempt from the tax imposed under Title 33, section 43, Virgin Islands Code.
History: Added Dec. 8, 1986, No. 5224, § 3, Sess. L. 1986, p. 355.
13 V.I.C. § 857Exemption of Shareholders of Exempt Companies From Certain
Taxes and Creditors
No tax shall be imposed under sections 871(a)(1) and 881 of the Internal Revenue Code (as it applies in the
United States Virgin Islands) with respect to dividends or interest received from sources within the United
States Virgin Islands by a shareholder or creditor, respectively, of an exempt company.
History: Added Dec. 8, 1986, No. 5224, § 3, Sess. L. 1986, p. 355; amended Aug. 17, 1993, No. 5880, § 2(d)
(4), Sess. L. 1993, p. 153.
13 V.I.C. § 858Exemption From Certain Withholding Taxes
(a) An exempt company shall be exempt from the requirements of sections 1441 and 1442 of the
Internal Revenue Code (as it applies in the United States Virgin Islands) to withhold the tax imposed by
sections 871(a)(1) and 881 of the Internal Revenue Code (as it applies in the United States Virgin Islands)
with respect to payments exempt from tax under section 857 of this chapter.
(b) An exempt branch, as such term is defined in section 853a of this title, shall be exempt from the branch
profits tax of section 884 of the Internal Revenue Code (as it applies in the United States Virgin Islands).
History: Added Dec. 8, 1986, No. 5224, § 3, Sess. L. 1986, p. 355; amended Aug. 17, 1993, No. 5880, § 2(a)
(4), Sess. L. 1993, p. 153.
13 V.I.C. § 858aExemption From Premium Tax
An exempt insurer shall be exempt from the payment of premium tax under Title 22, Virgin Islands Code.
History: Added Oct. 13, 1994, No. 6029, § 1(E), Sess. L. 1994, p. 226.
13 V.I.C. § 859Exemption From Licensing Requirements
(a) Except in the case of an exempt insurer and an exempt international banking facility, no exempt
company shall be required to obtain a license to do business in the United States Virgin Islands unless such
company:
(1) revokes its election to be an exempt company; or
(2) commences doing business in the United States Virgin Islands.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, an exempt company which, in violation of section 852 of
this chapter, conducts business in the United States Virgin Islands, shall be subject to the
penalties set forth in Title 27, chapter 9, Virgin Islands Code.
(b) Holding meetings of shareholders or directors, or maintaining the principal office required by section
51 of this title, shall not be deemed as doing business in the United States Virgin Islands.
(c) An exempt insurer and an exempt international banking facility shall be licensed in accordance with
Titles 22 and 9, Virgin Islands Code, respectively.
History: Added Dec. 8, 1986, No. 5224, § 3, Sess. L. 1986, p. 355.
13 V.I.C. § 860Annual Reports and Franchise Taxes
(a) In lieu of filing an annual report pursuant to section 371 of this title and in lieu of filing an annual
franchise tax report and paying the annual franchise tax prescribed pursuant to chapter 5 of this title,
every exempt company (including exempt insurers, exempt mutual funds and exempt international banking
facilities) incorporated or in existence on or before June 30 of any calendar year, shall, on or before June 30
of such calendar year, file a combined annual report and annual franchise tax report on a form prescribed
by the Lieutenant Governor and shall pay an annual franchise tax of $1,000. Said report shall include the
following information and shall be authenticated by the signature of an officer or director of the company:
(1) The name of the exempt company;
(2) The mailing address of the exempt company;
(3) The date on which its most recent fiscal year ended;
(4) The names and addresses of all the directors and officers of the exempt company and the
expiration of their terms of office; and
(5) A statement that the exempt company is in compliance with all of the requirements set forth in
section 852 of this chapter.
(b) Failure to timely file said report will subject the exempt company to a penalty of $100 for each month or
part thereof that the report remains unfiled. Failure to file the said report and pay said franchise tax within
six months of the de date may subject the exempt company to disqualification as an exempt company
effective as of the first day of its fiscal year next preceding the date the report was due. Such
disqualification shall only take effect upon 60 days written notice by the Lieutenant Governor delivered to
the resident agent of the exempt company which notice shall state the amount of franchise tax and penalty
due and any report which is outstanding. Should full payment be made and all outstanding reports be filed
within such 60 day period, then the disqualification shall not take effect.
History: Added Dec. 8, 1986, No. 5224, § 3, Sess. L. 1986, p. 356; amended Oct. 13, 1994, No. 6029, §
1(G), Sess. L. 1994, p. 226; Aug. 17, 1999, No. 6287, § 14, Sess. L. 1999, p. 46.
13 V.I.C. § 861Issuance of Contract
The Office of Lieutenant Governor is authorized and directed to provide any exempt company, within sixty
(60) days of a request by the exempt company to do so, a contract signed by the Lieutenant Governor, on
behalf of the Government of the United States Virgin Islands, stating that the benefits of this chapter as
they exist upon the date of the contract shall be and remain available to said exempt company, and shall
not be reduced, until twenty (20) years has elapsed, so long as the exempt company is:
(1) in compliance with all laws, rules and regulations of the United States Virgin Islands; and
(2) current in the payment of taxes and fees to the United States Virgin Islands. The contract shall further
state that the Government shall not adopt any legislation impairing or limiting the obligation of such
contract. The contract shall become effective with regard to an exempt company upon its acceptance by
the exempt company. Such acceptance shall be indicated by the signature of an officer or the registered
agent of the exempt company on a copy of the contract, which copy shall be returned to the Office of the
Lieutenant Governor and shall remain on file in that office.
History: Added Dec. 8, 1986, No. 5224, § 3, Sess. L. 1986, p. 357.
13 V.I.C. § 862Rules
The Lieutenant Governor shall promulgate rules as are necessary for the implementation of this chapter.
However, prior to their submission to the Governor under Title 3, chapter 35, Virgin Islands Code, such
rules shall be submitted to the Commissioner of Commerce for his recommendations.
History: Added Dec. 8, 1986, No. 5224, § 3, Sess. L. 1986, p. 357.
13 V.I.C. § 863Information and Reporting Requirements of Resident Agents
The resident agent of an exempt company shall solicit and maintain records of such information as may be
required to establish that the exempt company is in compliance with section 852 of this chapter and to
establish that any requirements relating to the ownership of an exempt company imposed by federal or
local law or regulatory or administrative action have been met. Any resident agent who:
(1) signs the statement described in section 860(a) of this chapter of the annual report of the exempt
company and arranges for the filing of such report, or who provides and files at least annually with the
Lieutenant Governor an affidavit containing such statement, and
(2) who maintains in the United States Virgin Islands current records of the legal and beneficial ownership
of the exempt company, shall be deemed to have complied with this provision. For this purpose,
maintenance in the United States Virgin Islands of the original or duplicate stock ledger required by
section 189 of this title shall be deemed to be an adequate record of the legal ownership and, if all of the
shareholders are individuals, the beneficial ownership of the exempt company.
History: Added Aug. 17, 1993, No. 5880, § 2(c), Sess. L. 1993, p. 153.
13 V.I.C. § 1101Short Title
This chapter shall be known and may be cited as "The Uniform Limited Liability Company Act".
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1102Definitions
In this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) "Articles of organization" means initial, amended, and restated articles of organization and articles of
merger. In the case of a foreign limited liability company, the term includes all records serving a similar
function required to be filed in the office of the Lieutenant Governor or other official having custody of
company records in the jurisdiction under whose law it is organized.
(b) "At-will company" means a limited liability company other than a term company.
(c) "Business" includes every trade, occupation, profession, and other lawful purpose, whether or not
carried on for profit.
(d) "Debtor in bankruptcy" means a person who is the subject of an order for relief under Title 11 of the
United States Code or a comparable order under a successor statute of general application or a
comparable order under federal, state, territorial or foreign law governing insolvency.
(e) "Distribution" means a transfer of money, property, or other benefit from a limited liability company to a
member in the member's capacity as a member or to a transferee of the member's distributional interest.
(f) "Distributional interest" means all of a member's interest in distributions by the limited liability
company.
(g) "Entity" means a person other than an individual.
(h) "Foreign limited liability company" means an unincorporated entity organized under laws other than the
laws of the Virgin Islands which afford limited liability to its owners comparable to the liability under
section 1303 of this chapter and is not required to obtain a certificate of authority to transact business
under any law of the Virgin Islands other than this chapter.
(i) "Limited liability company" means a limited liability company organized under this chapter.
(j) "Manager" means a person, whether or not a member of a manager-managed company, who is vested
with authority under section 1301 of this chapter.
(k) "Manager-managed company" means a limited liability company which is so designated in its articles of
organization.
(l) "Member-managed company" means a limited liability company other than a manager-managed
company.
(m) "Operating agreement" means the agreement under section 1104 of this chapter concerning the
relations among the members, managers, and limited liability company. The term includes amendments to
the agreement.
(n) "Person" means an individual, corporation, business trust, estate, trust, partnership, limited liability
company, association, joint venture, government, governmental subdivision, agency, or instrumentality, or
any other legal or commercial entity.
(o) "Principal office" means the office, whether or not in the Virgin Islands, where the principal executive
office of a domestic or foreign limited liability company is located.
(p) "Record" means information that is inscribed on a tangible medium or that is stored in an electronic or
other medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.
(q) "Sign" means to identify a record by means of a signature, mark, or other symbol, with intent to
authenticate it.
(r) "State" means the United States Virgin Islands, a state of the United States, the District of Columbia,
the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, or any territory or insular possession subject to the jurisdiction of the
United States.
(s) "Term company" means a limited liability company in which its members have agreed to remain
members until the expiration of a term specified in the articles of organization.
(t) "Transfer" includes an assignment, conveyance, deed, bill of sale, lease, mortgage, security interest,
encumbrance, and gift.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1103Knowledge and Notice
(a) A person knows a fact if the person has actual knowledge of it.
(b) A person has notice of a fact if the person:
(1) knows the fact;
(2) has received a notification of the fact; or
(3) has reason to know the fact exists from all of the facts known to the person at the time in question.
(c) A person notifies or gives a notification of a fact to another by taking steps reasonably required to
inform the other person in ordinary course, whether or not the other person knows the fact.
(d) A person receives a notification when the notification:
(1) comes to the person's attention; or
(2) is duly delivered at the person's place of business or at any other place held out by the person as a
place for receiving communications.
(e) An entity knows, has notice, or receives a notification of a fact for purposes of a particular transaction
when the individual conducting the transaction for the entity knows, has notice, or receives a notification of
the fact, or in any event when the fact would have been brought to the individual's attention had the entity
exercised reasonable diligence. An entity exercises reasonable diligence if it maintains reasonable routines
for communicating significant information to the individual conducting the transaction for the entity and
there is reasonable compliance with the routines. Reasonable diligence does not require an individual
acting for the entity to communicate information unless the communication is part of the individual's
regular duties or the individual has reason to know of the transaction and that the transaction would be
materially affected by the information.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1104Effect of Operating Agreement; Nonwaivable Provisions
(a) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b) of this section, all members of a limited liability company
may enter into an operating agreement, which need not be in writing, to regulate the affairs of the
company and the conduct of its business, and to govern relations among the members, managers, and
company. To the extent the operating agreement does not otherwise provide, this chapter governs relations
among the members, managers, and company.
(b) The operating agreement may not:
(1) unreasonably restrict a right to information or access to records under section 1408 of this
chapter;
(2) eliminate the duty of loyalty pursuant to section 1409, subsection (b) or section 1603, subsection
(b), item (3) of this chapter, but the agreement may:
(i) identify specific types or categories of activities that do not violate the duty of loyalty, if not
manifestly unreasonable; and
(ii) specify the number or percentage of members or disinterested managers that may authorize
or ratify, after full disclosure of all material facts, a specific act or transaction that otherwise
would violate the duty of loyalty;
(3) unreasonably reduce the duty of care under section 1409, subsection (c) or section 1603,
subsection (b), item (3) of this chapter;
(4) eliminate the obligation of good faith and fair dealing under section 1409, subsection (d) of this
chapter, but the operating agreement may determine the standards by which the performance of the
obligation is to be measured, if the standards are not manifestly unreasonable;
(5) vary the right to expel a member in an event specified in section 1601, item (6) of this chapter;
(6) vary the requirement to wind up the limited liability company's business in a case specified in
section 1801, subsection (b), items (3) or (4) of this chapter; or
(7) restrict rights of a person, other than a manager, member, and transferee of a member's
distributional interest, under this chapter.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1105Supplemental Principles of Law
(a) Unless displaced by particular provisions of this chapter, the principles of law and equity supplement
this chapter.
(b) If an obligation to pay interest arises under this chapter and the rate is not specified, the rate is that
specified in Title 11, section 951, Virgin Islands Code.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1106Name
(a) The name of a limited liability company must contain "limited liability company" or "limited company" or
the abbreviation "L.L.C.", "LLC", "L.C.", or "LC". "Limited" may be abbreviated as "Ltd.", and "company"
may be abbreviated as "Co.".
(b) Except as authorized by subsections (c) and (d) of this section, the name of a limited liability company
must be distinguishable upon the records of the office of the Lieutenant Governor from:
(1) the name of any corporation, limited partnership, or company incorporated, organized or
authorized to transact business in the Virgin Islands;
(2) a name reserved or registered under section 1107 or 1108 of this chapter;
(3) a fictitious name approved under section 2005 of this chapter for a foreign company authorized to
transact business in the Virgin Islands because its real name is unavailable.
(c) A limited liability company may apply to the office of the Lieutenant Governor for authorization to use a
name that is not distinguishable upon the records of the office of the Lieutenant Governor from one or
more of the names described in subsection (b) of this section. The Lieutenant Governor shall authorize use
of the name applied for if:
(1) the present user, registrant, or owner of a reserved name consents to the use in a record and
submits an undertaking in form satisfactory to the Lieutenant Governor to change the name to a name
that is distinguishable upon the records of the office of the Lieutenant Governor from the name
applied for; or
(2) the applicant delivers to the Lieutenant Governor a certified copy of the final judgment of a court
of competent jurisdiction establishing the applicant's right to use the name applied for in the Virgin
Islands.
(d) A limited liability company may use the name, including a fictitious name, of another domestic or
foreign company which is used in the Virgin Islands if the other company is organized or authorized to
transact business in the Virgin Islands and the company proposing to use the name has:
(1) merged with the other company;
(2) been formed by reorganization with the other company; or
(3) acquired substantially all of the assets, including the name, of the other company.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1107Reserved Name
(a) A person may reserve the exclusive use of the name of a limited liability company, including a fictitious
name for a foreign company whose name is not available, by delivering an application to the office of the
Lieutenant Governor for filing. The application must set forth the name, together with the mailing and
physical address of the applicant and the name proposed to be reserved. If the Lieutenant Governor finds
that the name applied for is available, it shall be reserved for the applicant's exclusive use for a
nonrenewable 120-day period.
(b) The owner of a name reserved for a limited liability company may transfer the reservation to another
person by delivering to the Lieutenant Governor a signed notice of the transfer which states the name,
mailing address and physical address of the transferee.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1108Registered Name
(a) A foreign limited liability company may register its name subject to the requirements of section 2005 of
this chapter, if the name is distinguishable upon the records of the office of the Lieutenant Governor from
names that are not available under section 1106, subsection (b) of this chapter.
(b) A foreign limited liability company registers its name, or its name with any addition required by section
2005 of this chapter, by delivering to the office of the Lieutenant Governor for filing an application:
(1) setting forth its name, or its name with any addition required by section 2005 of this chapter, the
state or country and date of its organization, and a brief description of the nature of the business in
which it is engaged; and
(2) accompanied by a certificate of existence, or a record of similar import, from the state or country
of organization.
(c) A foreign limited liability company whose registration is effective may renew it for successive years by
delivering for filing in the office of the Lieutenant Governor a renewal application complying with
subsection (b) of this section between January 1 and June 30 of the preceding year. The renewal application
renews the registration for the following report period.
(d) A foreign limited liability company whose registration is effective may qualify as a foreign company
under its name or consent in writing to the use of its name by a limited liability company later organized
under this chapter or by another foreign company later authorized to transact business in the Virgin
Islands. The registered name terminates when the limited liability company is organized or the foreign
company qualifies or consents to the qualification of another foreign company under the registered name.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1109Designated Office and Agent For Service of Process
(a) A limited liability company and a foreign limited liability company authorized to do business in the
Virgin Islands shall designate and continuously maintain in the Virgin Islands:
(1) an office, which need not be a place of its business in the Virgin Islands; and
(2) an agent and physical address of the agent for service of process on the company.
(b) An agent must be an individual resident of the Virgin Islands, a domestic corporation, another limited
liability company, or a foreign corporation or foreign company authorized to do business in the Virgin
Islands.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1110Change of Designated Office Or Agent For Service of Process
A limited liability company may change its designated office or agent for service of process by delivering to
the office of the Lieutenant Governor for filing a statement of change which sets forth:
(1) the name of the company;
(2) the physical address of its current designated office;
(3) if the current designated office is to be changed, the physical address of the new designated office;
(4) the name and address of its current agent for service of process; and
(5) if the current agent for service of process or physical address of that agent is to be changed, the new
address or the name and physical address of the new agent for service of process.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1111Resignation of Agent For Service of Process
(a) An agent for service of process of a limited liability company may resign by delivering to the office of
the Lieutenant Governor for filing a record of the statement of resignation.
(b) After filing a statement of resignation, the Lieutenant Governor shall mail a copy to the designated
office and another copy to the limited liability company at its principal office.
(c) An agency is terminated on the 31st day after the statement is filed in the office of the Lieutenant
Governor.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1112Service of Process
(a) An agent for service of process appointed by a limited liability company or a foreign limited liability
company is an agent of the company for service of any process, notice, or demand required or permitted by
law to be served upon the company.
(b) If a limited liability company or foreign limited liability company fails to appoint or maintain an agent
for service of process within the Virgin Islands or the agent for service of process cannot with reasonable
diligence be found at the agent's address, the Lieutenant Governor shall be deemed an agent of the
company upon whom process, notice, or demand may be served.
(c) Service of any process, notice, or demand on the Lieutenant Governor may be made by delivering to and
leaving with the Lieutenant Governor, the Director of the Corporate and Tradename Division within the
office of the Lieutenant Governor, or any clerk having charge of the limited liability companies within the
office of the Lieutenant Governor, duplicate copies of the process, notice, or demand. If the process, notice,
or demand is served within the office of the Lieutenant Governor, the Lieutenant Governor shall forward
one of the copies by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the company at its designated
office. Service is effected under this subsection at the earliest of:
(1) the date the company receives the process, notice, or demand;
(2) the date shown on the return receipt, if signed on behalf of the company; or
(3) five days after its deposit in the mail, if mailed postpaid and correctly addressed.
(d) The office of the Lieutenant Governor shall keep a record of all processes, notices, and demands served
pursuant to this section and record the time of and the action taken regarding the service.
(e) This section does not affect the right to serve process, notice, or demand in any manner otherwise
provided by law.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1113Nature of Business and Powers
(a) A limited liability company may be organized under this chapter for any lawful purpose, subject to any
law of the Virgin Islands governing or regulating business.
(b) Unless its articles of organization provide otherwise, a limited liability company has the same powers as
an individual to do all things necessary or convenient to carry on its business or affairs, including power to:
(1) sue and be sued, and defend in its name;
(2) purchase, receive, lease, or otherwise acquire, and own, hold, improve, use, and otherwise deal
with real or personal property, or any legal or equitable interest in property, wherever located;
(3) sell, convey, mortgage, grant a security interest in, lease, exchange, and otherwise encumber or
dispose of all or any part of its property;
(4) purchase, receive, subscribe for, or otherwise acquire, own, hold, vote, use, sell, mortgage, lend,
grant a security interest in, or otherwise dispose of and deal in and with, shares or other interests in
or obligations of any other entity;
(5) make contracts and guarantees, incur liabilities, borrow money, issue its notes, bonds, and other
obligations, which may be convertible into or include the option to purchase other securities of the
limited liability company, and secure any of its obligations by a mortgage on or a security interest in
any of its property, franchises, or income;
(6) lend money, invest and reinvest its funds, and receive and hold real and personal property as
security for repayment;
(7) be a promoter, partner, member, associate, or manager of any partnership, joint venture, trust, or
other entity;
(8) conduct its business, locate offices, and exercise the powers granted by this chapter within or
without the Virgin Islands;
(9) elect managers and appoint officers, employees, and agents of the limited liability company, define
their duties, fix their compensation, and lend them money and credit;
(10) pay pensions and establish pension plans, pension trusts, profit sharing plans, bonus plans, option
plans, and benefit or incentive plans for any or all of its current or former members, managers,
officers, employees, and agents;
(11) make donations for the public welfare or for charitable, scientific, or educational purposes; and
(12) make payments or donations, or do any other act, not inconsistent with law, that furthers the
business of the limited liability company.
(c) A limited liability company organized and existing under this chapter may conduct its business, carry on
its operations and have and exercise the powers granted by this chapter in any state or foreign jurisdiction.
(d) It is the intention of the Legislature by enactment of this chapter that the legal existence of limited
liability companies formed under this chapter be recognized beyond the limits of this Territory and that,
subject to any reasonable registration requirements, any such limited liability company transacting
business outside the Territory be granted the protection of full faith and credit under Section 1 of Article IV
of the United States Constitution.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1201Limited Liability Company As Legal Entity
A limited liability company is a legal entity distinct from its members.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1202Organization
(a) One or more persons may organize a limited liability company, consisting of one or more members, by
delivering articles of organization to the office of the Lieutenant Governor for filing.
(b) Unless a delayed effective date is specified, the existence of a limited liability company begins when the
articles of organization are filed.
(c) The filing of the articles of organization with the office of the Lieutenant Governor is conclusive proof
that the organizers satisfied all conditions precedent to the creation of a limited liability company.
(d) Original articles of organization may contain the election of a limited liability company to be treated as
an exempt company pursuant to section 853 of this Title, but no such election may be made by amending
articles of organization.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1203Articles of Organization
(a) Articles of organization of a limited liability company must set forth:
(1) the name of the company;
(2) the physical and mailing addresses of the initial designated office;
(3) the name and physical address of the initial agent for service of process;
(4) the name and physical address of each organizer;
(5) the minimum amount of capital with which the company will commence business, which shall not
be less than $1,000;
(6) whether the company is to be a term company and, if so, the term specified;
(7) whether the company is to be manager-managed, and, if so, the name, physical and mailing
address of each initial manager; and
(8) whether one or more of the members of the company are to be liable for its debts and obligations
under section 1303, subsection (c) of this chapter.
(b) Articles of organization of a limited liability company may set forth:
(1) provisions permitted to be set forth in an operating agreement; or
(2) other matters not inconsistent with law.
(c) Articles of organization of a limited liability company may not vary the nonwaivable provisions of section
1104, subsection (b) of this chapter. As to all other matters, if any provision of an operating agreement is
inconsistent with the articles of organization:
(1) the operating agreement controls as to managers, members, and members transferees; and
(2) the articles of organization control as to persons, other than managers, members and their
transferees, who reasonably rely on the articles to their detriment.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1204Amendment Or Restatement of Articles of Organization
(a) Articles of organization of a limited liability company may be amended at any time by delivering articles
of amendment to the office of the Lieutenant Governor for filing. The articles of amendment shall set forth
the:
(1) name of the limited liability company;
(2) date of filing of the articles of organization; and
(3) amendment to the articles.
(b) A limited liability company may restate its articles of organization at any time. Restated articles of
organization must be signed and filed in the same manner as articles of amendment. Restated articles of
organization must be designated as such in the heading and state in the heading or in an introductory
paragraph the limited liability company's present name and, if it has been changed, all of its former names
and the date of the filing of its initial articles of organization.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1205Signing of Records
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, a record to be filed by or on behalf of a limited liability
company in the office of the Lieutenant Governor must be signed in the name of the company by a:
(1) manager of a manager-managed company;
(2) member of a member-managed company;
(3) person organizing the company, if the company has not been formed; or
(4) fiduciary, if the company is in the hands of a receiver, trustee, or other court-appointed fiduciary.
(b) A record signed under subsection (a) of this section must state adjacent to the signature the name and
capacity of the signer.
(c) Any person may sign a record to be filed under subsection (a) of this section by an attorney-in-fact.
Powers of attorney relating to the signing of records to be filed under subsection (a) of this section by an
attorney in fact need not be filed in the office of the Lieutenant Governor as evidence of authority by the
person filing, but must be retained by the company.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1206Filing In Office of Lieutenant Governor
(a) Articles of organization or any other record authorized to be filed under this chapter must be in a
medium permitted by the office of the Lieutenant Governor and must be delivered to the office of the
Lieutenant Governor. Unless the Lieutenant Governor determines that a record fails to comply as to form
with the filing requirements of this chapter, and if all filing fees have been paid, the office of the Lieutenant
Governor shall file the record and send a receipt for the record and the fees to the limited liability company
or its representative.
(b) Upon request and payment of a fee, the office of the Lieutenant Governor shall send to the requester a
certified copy of the requested record.
(c) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (d) of this section and section 1207, subsection (c) of this
chapter, a record accepted for filing by the Lieutenant Governor is effective:
(1) at the time of filing on the date it is filed, as evidenced by the office of Lieutenant Governor's date
and time endorsement on the original record; or
(2) at the time specified in the record as its effective time on the date it is filed.
(d) A record may specify a delayed effective time and date, and if it does so the record becomes effective at
the time and date specified. If a delayed effective date, but no time is specified, the record is effective at
the close of business on that date. If a delayed effective date is later than the 90th day after the record is
filed, the record is effective on the 90th day.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1207Correcting Filed Record
(a) A limited liability company or foreign limited liability company may correct a record filed with the office
of the Lieutenant Governor if the record contains a false or erroneous statement or was defectively signed.
(b) A record is corrected:
(1) by preparing articles of correction that:
(i) describe the record, including its filing date, or attach a copy of it to the articles of correction;
(ii) specify the incorrect statement and the reason it is incorrect or the manner in which the
signing was defective; and
(iii) correct the incorrect statement or defective signing; and
(2) by delivering the corrected record to the office of the Lieutenant Governor for filing.
(c) Articles of correction are effective retroactively on the effective date of the record they correct, except
as to persons relying on the uncorrected record and adversely affected by the correction. As to those
persons, articles of correction are effective when filed.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1208Certificate of Existence Or Authorization
(a) A person may request the office of the Lieutenant Governor to furnish a certificate of existence for a
limited liability company or a certificate of authorization for a foreign limited liability company.
(b) A certificate of existence for a limited liability company must set forth:
(1) the company's name;
(2) that it is duly organized under the laws of the Virgin Islands, the date of organization, whether its
duration is at-will or for a specified term, and, if the latter, the period specified;
(3) if payment is reflected in the records of the Lieutenant Governor and if nonpayment affects the
existence of the company, that all fees, taxes, and penalties owed to the Virgin Islands have been paid;
(4) whether its most recent annual report required by section 1211 has been filed with the office of the
Lieutenant Governor;
(5) that articles of termination have not been filed; and
(6) other facts of record in the office of the Lieutenant Governor which may be requested by the
applicant.
(c) A certificate of authorization for a foreign limited liability company must set forth:
(1) the company's name used in the Virgin Islands;
(2) that it is authorized to transact business in the Virgin Islands;
(3) if payment is reflected in the records of the office of the Lieutenant Governor and if nonpayment
affects the authorization of the company, that all fees, taxes, and penalties owed to the Government of
the Virgin Islands have been paid;
(4) whether its most recent annual report required by section 1211 of this chapter has been filed with
the office of the Lieutenant Governor;
(5) that a certificate of cancellation has not been filed; and
(6) other facts of record in the office of the Lieutenant Governor which may be requested by the
applicant.
(d) Subject to any qualification stated in the certificate, a certificate of existence or authorization issued by
the office of the Lieutenant Governor may be relied upon as conclusive evidence that the domestic or
foreign limited liability company is in existence or is authorized to transact business in the Virgin Islands.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1209Liability For False Statement In Filed Record
If a record authorized or required to be filed under this chapter contains a false statement, one who suffers
loss by reliance on the statement may recover damages for the loss from a person who signed the record or
caused another to sign it on the person's behalf and knew the statement to be false at the time the record
was signed.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1210Filing By Judicial Act
If a person required by section 1205 of this chapter to sign any record fails or refuses to do so, any other
person who is adversely affected by the failure or refusal may petition the Superior Court of the Virgin
Islands to direct the signing of the record. If the Superior Court finds that it is proper for the record to be
signed and that a person so designated has failed or refused to sign the record, it shall order the
Lieutenant Governor to sign and file an appropriate record.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1211Annual Report
(a) A limited liability company, and a foreign limited liability company authorized to transact business in
the Virgin Islands, shall deliver to the office of the Lieutenant Governor for filing an annual report that sets
forth:
(1) the name of the company and the state or country under whose law it is organized;
(2) the mailing and physical address of its designated office and the name and physical address of its
agent for service of process in the Virgin Islands;
(3) the mailing and physical address of its principal office; and
(4) the names and business addresses of any managers.
(b) Information in an annual report must be current as of the date the annual report is signed on behalf of
the limited liability company.
(c) The first annual report must be delivered to the Lieutenant Governor on or before June 30 of the year
following the calendar year in which a limited liability company was organized or a foreign company was
authorized to transact business. Subsequent annual reports must be delivered to the Lieutenant Governor
on or before June 30 of the ensuing calendar years.
(d) If an annual report does not contain the information required in subsection (a) of this section, the office
of the Lieutenant Governor shall promptly notify the reporting limited liability company or foreign limited
liability company and return the report to it for correction. If the report is corrected to contain the
information required in subsection (a) of this section and delivered to the office of the Lieutenant Governor
within 30 days after the effective date of the notice, it is timely filed.
(e) The fee for filing an annual report as set forth in subsection (a) shall be computed by assessing $1.50
for each thousand dollars of capital used in conducting business in the Virgin Islands; provided, however,
that the minimum fee shall be $300.00.
Any limited liability company, or foreign limited liability company, which fails to file the mandatory
annual report or pay the required filing fee shall be liable for a penalty of 20 percent of the fee or $50,
whichever is greater, and interest at 1.5 percent, compounded annually for each month or part thereof
that the fee remains unpaid, payable to the Office of the Lieutenant Governor.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1301Agency of Members and Managers
(a) Subject to subsections (b) and (c) of this section:
(1) Each member is an agent of the limited liability company for the purpose of its business, and an act
of a member, including the signing of an instrument in the company's name, for apparently carrying
on in the ordinary course the company's business or business of the kind carried on by the company
binds the company, unless the member had no authority to act for the company in the particular
matter and the person with whom the member was dealing knew or had notice that the member
lacked authority.
(2) An act of a member which is not apparently for carrying on in the ordinary course the company's
business or business of the kind carried on by the company binds the company only if the act was
authorized by the other members.
(b) Subject to subsection (c) of this section, in a manager-managed company:
(1) A member is not an agent of the company for the purpose of its business solely by reason of being
a member. Each manager is an agent of the company for the purpose of its business, and an act of a
manager, including the signing of an instrument in the company's name, for apparently carrying on in
the ordinary course the company's business or business of the kind carried on by the company binds
the company, unless the manager had no authority to act for the company in the particular matter and
the person with whom the manager was dealing knew or had notice that the manager lacked
authority.
(2) An act of a manager which is not apparently for carrying on in the ordinary course the company's
business or business of the kind carried on by the company binds the company only if the act was
authorized under section 1404 of this chapter.
(c) Unless the articles of organization limit their authority, any member of a member-managed company or
manager of a manager-managed company may sign and deliver any instrument transferring or affecting the
company's interest in real property. The instrument is conclusive in favor of a person who gives value
without knowledge of the lack of the authority of the person signing and delivering the instrument.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1302Limited Liability Company Liable For Member's Or Manager's
Actionable Conduct
A limited liability company is liable for loss or injury caused to a person, or for a penalty incurred, as a
result of a wrongful act or omission, or other actionable conduct, of a member or manager acting in the
ordinary course of business of the company or with authority of the company.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1303Liability of Members and Managers
(a) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (c) of this section, the debts, obligations, and liabilities of a
limited liability company, whether arising in contract, tort, or otherwise, are solely the debts, obligations,
and liabilities of the company. A member or manager is not personally liable for a debt, obligation, or
liability of the company solely by reason of being or acting as a member or manager.
(b) The failure of a limited liability company to observe the usual company formalities or requirements
relating to the exercise of its company powers or management of its business is not a ground for imposing
personal liability on the members or managers for liabilities of the company.
(c) All or specified members of a limited liability company are liable in their capacity as members for all or
specified debts, obligations, or liabilities of the company if:
(1) a provision to that effect is contained in the articles of organization; and
(2) a member so liable has consented in writing to the adoption of the provision or to be bound by the
provision.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1401Form of Contribution
A contribution of a member of a limited liability company may consist of tangible or intangible property or
other benefit to the company, including money, promissory notes, services performed, or other agreements
to contribute cash or property, or contracts for services to be performed.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1402Member's Liability For Contributions
(a) A member's obligation to contribute money, property, or other benefit to, or to perform services for, a
limited liability company is not excused by the member's death, disability, or other inability to perform
personally. If a member does not make the required contribution of property or services, the member is
obligated at the option of the company to contribute money equal to the value of that portion of the stated
contribution which has not been made.
(b) A creditor of a limited liability company who extends credit or otherwise acts in reliance on an
obligation described in subsection (a) of this section, and without notice of any compromise under section
1404, subsection (c), item (5) of this chapter, may enforce the original obligation.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1403Member's and Manager's Rights to Payments and
Reimbursement
(a) A limited liability company shall reimburse a member or manager for payments made and indemnify a
member or manager for liabilities incurred by the member or manager in the ordinary course of the
business of the company or for the preservation of its business or property.
(b) A limited liability company shall reimburse a member for an advance to the company beyond the
amount of contribution the member agreed to make.
(c) A payment or advance made by a member which gives rise to an obligation of a limited liability company
under subsection (a) or (b) of this section constitutes a loan to the company upon which interest accrues
from the date of the payment or advance.
(d) A member is not entitled to remuneration for services performed for a limited liability company, except
for reasonable compensation for services rendered in winding up the business of the company.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1404Management of Limited Liability Company
(a) In a member-managed company:
(1) each member has equal rights in the management and conduct of the company's business; and
(2) except as otherwise provided in subsection (c) of this section, any matter relating to the business
of the company may be decided by a majority of the members.
(b) In a manager-managed company:
(1) each manager has equal rights in the management and conduct of the company's business;
(2) except as otherwise provided in subsection (c) of this section, any matter relating to the business
of the company may be exclusively decided by the manager or, if there is more than one manager, by a
majority of the managers; and
(3) a manager:
(i) must be designated, appointed, elected, removed, or replaced by a vote, approval, or consent
of a majority of the members; and
(ii) holds office until a successor has been elected and qualified, unless the manager sooner
resigns or is removed.
(c) The only matters of a member or manager-managed company's business requiring the consent of all of
the members are:
(1) the amendment of the operating agreement under section 1104 of this chapter;
(2) the authorization or ratification of acts or transactions under section 1104, subsection (b), item (2),
subitem (ii) of this chapter which would otherwise violate the duty of loyalty;
(3) an amendment to the articles of organization under section 1204 of this chapter;
(4) the compromise of an obligation to make a contribution under section 1402, subsection (b) of this
chapter;
(5) the compromise, as among members, of an obligation of a member to make a contribution or
return money or other property paid or distributed in violation of this chapter;
(6) the making of interim distributions under section 1405, subsection (a) of this chapter, including the
redemption of an interest;
(7) the admission of a new member;
(8) the use of the company's property to redeem an interest subject to a charging order;
(9) the consent to dissolve the company under section 1801, subsection (b), item (2) of this chapter;
(10) a waiver of the right to have the company's business wound up and the company terminated
under section 1802, subsection (b) of this chapter;
(11) the consent of members to merge with another entity under section 1904, subsection (c), item (1)
of this chapter; and
(12) the sale, lease, exchange, or other disposal of all, or substantially all, of the company's property
with or without goodwill.
(d) Action requiring the consent of members or managers under this chapter may be taken without a
meeting.
(e) A member or manager may appoint a proxy to vote or otherwise act for the member or manager by
signing an appointment instrument, either personally or by the member's or manager's attorney-in-fact.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1405Sharing of and Right to Distribution
(a) Any distributions made by a limited liability company before its dissolution and winding up must be in
equal shares.
(b) A member has no right to receive, and may not be required to accept, a distribution in kind.
(c) If a member becomes entitled to receive a distribution, the member has the status of, and is entitled to
all remedies available to, a creditor of the limited liability company with respect to the distribution.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1406Limitations On Distribution
(a) A distribution may not be made if:
(1) the limited liability company would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the ordinary
course of business; or
(2) the company's total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that
would be needed, if the company were to be dissolved, wound up, and terminated at the time of the
distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution, winding up, and termination of
members whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution.
(b) A limited liability company may base a determination that a distribution is not prohibited under
subsection (a) of this section on financial statements prepared on the basis of accounting practices and
principles that are reasonable in the circumstances or on a fair valuation or other method that is
reasonable in the circumstances.
(c) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (e) of this section, the effect of a distribution under
subsection (a) of this section is measured:
(1) in the case of distribution by purchase, redemption, or other acquisition of a distributional interest
in a limited liability company, as of the date money or other property is transferred or debt incurred
by the company; and
(2) in all other cases, as of the date the:
(i) distribution is authorized if the payment occurs within 120 days after the date of authorization;
or
(ii) payment is made if it occurs more than 120 days after the date of authorization.
(d) A limited liability company's indebtedness to a member incurred by reason of a distribution made in
accordance with this section is at parity with the company's indebtedness to its general, unsecured
creditors.
(e) Indebtedness of a limited liability company, including indebtedness issued in connection with or as part
of a distribution, is not considered a liability for purposes of determinations under subsection (a) of this
section if its terms provide that payment of principal and interest are made only if and to the extent that
payment of a distribution to members could then be made under this section. If the indebtedness is issued
as a distribution, each payment of principal or interest on the indebtedness is treated as a distribution, the
effect of which is measured on the date the payment is made.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1407Liability For Unlawful Distributions
(a) A member of a member-managed company or a member or manager of a manager-managed company
who votes for or assents to a distribution made in violation of section 1406 of this chapter, the articles of
organization, or the operating agreement is personally liable to the company for the amount of the
distribution which exceeds the amount that could have been distributed without violating section 1406 of
this chapter, the articles of organization, or the operating agreement if it is established that the member or
manager did not perform the member's or manager's duties in compliance with section 1409 of this
chapter.
(b) A member of a manager-managed company who knew a distribution was made in violation of section
1406 of this chapter, the articles of organization, or the operating agreement is personally liable to the
company, but only to the extent that the distribution received by the member exceeded the amount that
could have been properly paid under section 1406 of this chapter.
(c) A member or manager against whom an action is brought under this section may implead in the action
all:
(1) other members or managers who voted for or assented to the distribution in violation of subsection
(a) of this section and may compel contribution from them; and
(2) members who received a distribution in violation of subsection (b) of this section and may compel
contribution from the member in the amount received in violation of subsection (b) of this section.
(d) A proceeding under this section is barred unless it is commenced within two years after the
distribution.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1408Member's Right to Information
(a) A limited liability company shall provide members and their agents and attorneys access to its records,
if any, at the company's principal office or other reasonable locations specified in the operating agreement.
The company shall provide former members and their agents and attorneys access for proper purposes to
records pertaining to the period during which they were members. The right of access provides the
opportunity to inspect and copy records during ordinary business hours. The company may impose a
reasonable charge, limited to the costs of labor and material, for copies of records furnished.
(b) A limited liability company shall furnish to a member, and to the legal representative of a deceased
member or member under legal disability:
(1) without demand, information concerning the company's business or affairs reasonably required for
the proper exercise of the member's rights and performance of the member's duties under the
operating agreement or this chapter; and
(2) on demand, other information concerning the company's business or affairs, except to the extent
the demand or the information demanded is unreasonable or otherwise improper under the
circumstances.
(c) A member has the right upon written demand given to the limited liability company to obtain at the
company's expense a copy of any written operating agreement.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1409General Standards of Member's and Manager's Conduct
(a) The only fiduciary duties a member owes to a member-managed company and its other members are the
duty of loyalty and the duty of care imposed by subsections (b) and (c) of this section.
(b) A member's duty of loyalty to a member-managed company and its other members is limited to the
following:
(1) to account to the company and to hold as trustee for it any property, profit, or benefit derived by
the member in the conduct or winding up of the company's business or derived from a use by the
member of the company's property, including the appropriation of a company's opportunity;
(2) to refrain from dealing with the company in the conduct or winding up of the company's business
as or on behalf of a party having an interest adverse to the company; and
(3) to refrain from competing with the company in the conduct of the company's business before the
dissolution of the company.
(c) A member's duty of care to a member-managed company and its other members in the conduct of and
winding up of the company's business is limited to refraining from engaging in grossly negligent or
reckless conduct, intentional misconduct, or a knowing violation of law.
(d) A member shall discharge the duties to a member-managed company and its other members under this
chapter or under the operating agreement and exercise any rights consistently with the obligation of good
faith and fair dealing.
(e) A member of a member-managed company does not violate a duty or obligation under this chapter or
under the operating agreement merely because the member's conduct furthers the member's own interest.
(f) A member of a member-managed company may lend money to and transact other business with the
company. As to each loan or transaction, the rights and obligations of the member are the same as those of
a person who is not a member, subject to other applicable law.
(g) This section applies to a person winding up the limited liability company's business as the personal or
legal representative of the last surviving member as if the person were a member.
(h) In a manager-managed company:
(1) a member who is not also a manager owes no duties to the company or to the other members solely
by reason of being a member;
(2) a manager is held to the same standards of conduct prescribed for members in subsections (b)
through (f) of this section;
(3) a member who pursuant to the operating agreement exercises some or all of the rights of a
manager in the management and conduct of the company's business is held to the standards of
conduct in subsections (b) through (f) of this section to the extent that the member exercises the
managerial authority vested in a manager by this chapter; and
(4) a manager is relieved of liability imposed by law for violation of the standards prescribed by
subsections (b) through (f) of this section to the extent of the managerial authority delegated to the
members by the operating agreement.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1410Actions By Members
(a) A member may maintain an action against a limited liability company or another member for legal or
equitable relief, with or without an accounting as to the company's business, to enforce:
(1) the member's rights under the operating agreement;
(2) the member's rights under this chapter; and
(3) the rights and otherwise protect the interests of the member, including rights and interests arising
independently of the member's relationship to the company.
(b) The accrual, and any time limited for the assertion, of a right of action for a remedy under this section is
governed by other law. A right to an accounting upon a dissolution and winding up does not revive a claim
barred by law.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1411Continuation of Term Company After Expiration of Specified
Term
(a) If a term company is continued after the expiration of the specified term, the rights and duties of the
members and managers remain the same as they were at the expiration of the term except to the extent
inconsistent with rights and duties of members and managers of an at-will company.
(b) If the members in a member-managed company or the managers in a manager-managed company
continue the business without any winding up of the business of the company, it continues as an at-will
company.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1501Member's Distributional Interest
(a) A member is not a co-owner of, and has no transferable interest in, property of a limited liability
company.
(b) A distributional interest in a limited liability company is personal property and, subject to sections 1502
and 1503 of this chapter, may be transferred in whole or in part.
(c) An operating agreement may provide that a distributional interest may be evidenced by a certificate of
the interest issued by the limited liability company and, subject to section 1503 of this chapter, may also
provide for the transfer of any interest represented by the certificate.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1502Transfer of Distributional Interest
A transfer of a distributional interest does not entitle the transferee to become or to exercise any rights of a
member. A transfer entitles the transferee to receive, to the extent transferred, only the distributions to
which the transferor would be entitled.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1503Rights of Transferee
(a) A transferee of a distributional interest may become a member of a limited liability company if and to
the extent that the transferor gives the transferee the right in accordance with authority described in the
operating agreement or all other members consent.
(b) A transferee who has become a member, to the extent transferred, has the rights and powers, and is
subject to the restrictions and liabilities, of a member under the operating agreement of a limited liability
company and this chapter. A transferee who becomes a member also is liable for the transferor member's
obligations to make contributions under section 1402 of this chapter and for obligations under section 1407
of this chapter to return unlawful distributions, but the transferee is not obligated for the transferor
member's liabilities unknown to the transferee at the time the transferee becomes a member.
(c) Whether or not a transferee of a distributional interest becomes a member under subsection (a) of this
section, the transferor is not released from liability to the limited liability company under the operating
agreement or this chapter.
(d) A transferee who does not become a member is not entitled to participate in the management or
conduct of the limited liability company's business, require access to information concerning the company's
transactions, or inspect or copy any of the company's records.
(e) A transferee who does not become a member is entitled to:
(1) receive, in accordance with the transfer, distributions to which the transferor would otherwise be
entitled;
(2) receive, upon dissolution and winding up of the limited liability company's business:
(i) in accordance with the transfer, the net amount otherwise distributable to the transferor;
(ii) a statement of account only from the date of the latest statement of account agreed to by all
the members;
(3) seek under section 1801, item (5) of this chapter a judicial determination that it is equitable to
dissolve and wind up the company's business.
(f) A limited liability company need not give effect to a transfer until it has notice of the transfer.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1504Rights of Creditor
(a) On application by a judgment creditor of a member of a limited liability company or of a member's
transferee, a court having jurisdiction may charge the distributional interest of the judgment debtor to
satisfy the judgment. The court may appoint a receiver of the share of the distributions due or to become
due to the judgment debtor and make all other orders, directions, accounts, and inquiries the judgment
debtor might have made or which the circumstances may require to give effect to the charging order.
(b) A charging order constitutes a lien on the judgment debtor's distributional interest. The court may
order a foreclosure of a lien on a distributional interest subject to the charging order at any time. A
purchaser at the foreclosure sale has the rights of a transferee.
(c) At any time before foreclosure, a distributional interest in a limited liability company which is charged
may be redeemed:
(1) by the judgment debtor;
(2) with property other than the company's property, by one or more of the other members; or
(3) with the company's property, but only if permitted by the operating agreement.
(d) This chapter does not affect a member's right under exemption laws with respect to the member's
distributional interest in a limited liability company.
(e) This section provides the exclusive remedy by which a judgment creditor of a member or a transferee
may satisfy a judgment out of the judgment debtor's distributional interest in a limited liability company.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1601Events Causing Member's Dissociation
A member is dissociated from a limited liability company upon the occurrence of any of the following
events:
(1) the company's having notice of the member's express will to withdraw upon the date of notice or on a
later date specified by the member;
(2) an event agreed to in the operating agreement as causing the member's dissociation;
(3) upon transfer of all of a member's distributional interest, other than a transfer for security purposes or
a court order charging the member's distributional interest which has not been foreclosed;
(4) the member's expulsion pursuant to the operating agreement;
(5) the member's expulsion by unanimous vote of the other members if:
(i) it is unlawful to carry on the company's business with the member;
(ii) there has been a transfer of substantially all of the member's distributional interest, other than a
transfer for security purposes or a court order charging the member's distributional interest which
has not been foreclosed;
(iii) within 90 days after the company notifies a corporate member that it will be expelled because it
has filed a certificate of dissolution or the equivalent, its charter has been revoked, or its right to
conduct business has been suspended by the jurisdiction of its incorporation, the member fails to
obtain a revocation of the certificate of dissolution or a reinstatement of its charter or its right to
conduct business; or
(iv) a partnership or a limited liability company that is a member has been dissolved and its business is
being wound up;
(6) on application by the company or another member, the member's expulsion by judicial determination
because the member:
(i) engaged in wrongful conduct that adversely and materially affected the company's business;
(ii) willfully or persistently committed a material breach of the operating agreement or of a duty owed
to the company or the other members under section 1409 of this chapter; or
(iii) engaged in conduct relating to the company's business which makes it not reasonably practicable
to carry on the business with the member;
(7) the member's:
(i) becoming a debtor in bankruptcy;
(ii) executing an assignment for the benefit of creditors;
(iii) seeking, consenting to, or acquiescing in the appointment of a trustee, receiver, or liquidator of
the member or of all or substantially all of the member's property; or
(iv) failing, within 90 days after the appointment, to have vacated or stayed the appointment of a
trustee, receiver, or liquidator of the member or of all or substantially all of the member's property
obtained without the member's consent or acquiescence, or failing within 90 days after the expiration
of a stay to have the appointment vacated;
(8) in the case of a member who is an individual:
(i) the member's death;
(ii) the appointment of a guardian or general conservator for the member; or
(iii) a judicial determination that the member has otherwise become incapable of performing the
member's duties under the operating agreement;
(9) in the case of a member that is a trust or is acting as a member by virtue of being a trustee of a trust,
distribution of the trust's entire rights to receive distributions from the company, but not merely by reason
of the substitution of a successor trustee;
(10) in the case of a member that is an estate or is acting as a member by virtue of being a personal
representative of an estate, distribution of the estate's entire rights to receive distributions from the
company, but not merely the substitution of a successor personal representative; or
(11) termination of the existence of a member if the member is not an individual, estate, or trust other than
a business trust.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1602Member's Power to Dissociate; Wrongful Dissociation
(a) Unless otherwise provided in the operating agreement, a member has the power to dissociate from a
limited liability company at any time, rightfully or wrongfully, by express will pursuant to section 1601,
item (1) of this chapter.
(b) If the operating agreement has not eliminated a member's power to dissociate, the member's
dissociation from a limited liability company is wrongful only if:
(1) it is in breach of an express provision of the agreement; or
(2) before the expiration of the specified term of a term company:
(i) the member withdraws by express will;
(ii) the member is expelled by judicial determination under section 1601, item (6) of this chapter;
(iii) the member is dissociated by becoming a debtor in bankruptcy; or
(iv) in the case of a member who is not an individual, trust other than a business trust, or estate,
the member is expelled or otherwise dissociated because it willfully dissolved or terminated its
existence.
(c) A member who wrongfully dissociates from a limited liability company is liable to the company and to
the other members for damages caused by the dissociation. The liability is in addition to any other
obligation of the member to the company or to the other members.
(d) If a limited liability company does not dissolve and wind up its business as a result of a member's
wrongful dissociation under subsection (b) of this section, damages sustained by the company for the
wrongful dissociation must be offset against distributions otherwise due the member after the dissociation.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1603Effect of Member's Dissociation
(a) Upon a member's dissociation:
(1) in an at-will company, the company must cause the dissociated member's distributional interest to
be purchased under subchapter VII of this chapter; and
(2) in a term company:
(i) if the company dissolves and winds up its business on or before the expiration of its specified
term, subchapter VIII of this chapter applies to determine the dissociated member's rights to
distributions; and
(ii) if the company does not dissolve and wind up its business on or before the expiration of its
specified term, the company must cause the dissociated member's distributional interest to be
purchased under subchapter VII of this chapter on the date of the expiration of the term specified
at the time of the member's dissociation.
(b) Upon a member's dissociation from a limited liability company:
(1) the member's right to participate in the management and conduct of the company's business
terminates, except as otherwise provided in section 1803 of this chapter, and the member ceases to be
a member and is treated the same as a transferee of a member;
(2) the member's duty of loyalty under section 1409, subsection (b), item (3) of this chapter
terminates; and
(3) the member's duty of loyalty under section 1409, subsection (b), items (1) and (2) of this chapter
and duty of care under section 1409, subsection (c) of this chapter continue only with regard to
matters arising and events occurring before the member's dissociation, unless the member
participates in winding up the company's business pursuant to section 1803 of this chapter.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1701Company Purchase of Distributional Interest
(a) A limited liability company shall purchase a distributional interest of a:
(1) member of an at-will company for its fair value determined as of the date of the member's
dissociation if the member's dissociation does not result in a dissolution and winding up of the
company's business under section 1801 of this chapter; or
(2) member of a term company for its fair value determined as of the date of the expiration of the
specified term that existed on the date of the member's dissociation if the expiration of the specified
term does not result in a dissolution and winding up of the company's business under section 1801 of
this chapter.
(b) A limited liability company must deliver a purchase offer to the dissociated member whose
distributional interest is entitled to be purchased not later than 30 days after the date determined under
subsection (a) of this section. The purchase offer must be accompanied by:
(1) a statement of the company's assets and liabilities as of the date determined under subsection (a)
of this section;
(2) the latest available balance sheet and income statement, if any; and
(3) an explanation of how the estimated amount of the payment was calculated.
(c) If the price and other terms of a purchase of a distributional interest are fixed or are to be determined
by the operating agreement, the price and terms so fixed or determined govern the purchase unless the
purchaser defaults. If a default occurs, the dissociated member is entitled to commence a proceeding to
have the company dissolved under section 1801, item (4), subitem (iv) of this chapter.
(d) If an agreement to purchase the distributional interest is not made within 120 days after the date
determined under subsection (a) of this section, the dissociated member, within another 120 days, may
commence a proceeding against the limited liability company to enforce the purchase. The company at its
expense shall notify in writing all of the remaining members, and any other person the court directs, of the
commencement of the proceeding. The jurisdiction of the court in which the proceeding is commenced
under this subsection is plenary and exclusive.
(e) The court shall determine the fair value of the distributional interest in accordance with the standards
set forth in section 1702 of this chapter, together with the terms for the purchase. Upon making these
determinations, the court shall order the limited liability company to purchase or cause the purchase of the
interest.
(f) Damages for wrongful dissociation under section 1602, subsection (b) of this chapter, and all other
amounts owing, whether or not currently due, from the dissociated member to a limited liability company,
must be offset against the purchase price.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1702Court Action to Determine Fair Value of Distributional Interest
(a) In an action brought to determine the fair value of a distributional interest in a limited liability
company, the court shall:
(1) determine the fair value of the interest, considering among other relevant evidence the going
concern value of the company, any agreement among some or all of the members fixing the price or
specifying a formula for determining value of distributional interests for any other purpose, the
recommendations of any appraiser appointed by the court, and any legal constraints on the company's
ability to purchase the interest;
(2) specify the terms of the purchase, including, if appropriate, terms for installment payments,
subordination of the purchase obligation to the rights of the company's other creditors, security for a
deferred purchase price, and a covenant not to compete or other restriction on a dissociated member;
and
(3) require the dissociated member to deliver an assignment of the interest to the purchaser upon
receipt of the purchase price or the first installment of the purchase price.
(b) After the dissociated member delivers the assignment, the dissociated member has no further claim
against the company, its members, officers, or managers, if any, other than a claim to any unpaid balance
of the purchase price and a claim under any agreement with the company or the remaining members that
is not terminated by the court.
(c) If the purchase is not completed in accordance with the specified terms, the company is to be dissolved
upon application under section 1801, subsection (b), item (5), subitem (iv) of this chapter. If a limited
liability company is so dissolved, the dissociated member has the same rights and priorities in the
company's assets as if the sale had not been ordered.
(d) If the court finds that a party to the proceeding acted arbitrarily, vexatiously, or not in good faith, it may
award one or more other parties their reasonable expenses, including attorney's fees and the expenses of
appraisers or other experts, incurred in the proceeding. The finding may be based on the company's failure
to make an offer to pay or to comply with section 1701, subsection (b) of this chapter.
(e) Interest must be paid on the amount awarded from the date determined under section 1701, subsection
(a) of this chapter to the date of payment.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1703Dissociated Member's Power to Bind Limited Liability Company
For two years after a member dissociates without the dissociation resulting in a dissolution and winding up
of a limited liability company's business, the company, including a surviving company under subchapter IX
of this chapter, is bound by an act of the dissociated member which would have bound the company under
section 1301 of this chapter before dissociation only if at the time of entering into the transaction the other
party:
(1) reasonably believed that the dissociated member was then a member;
(2) did not have notice of the member's dissociation; and
(3) is not deemed to have had notice under section 1704 of this chapter.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1704Statement of Dissociation
(a) A dissociated member or a limited liability company may file in the office of the Lieutenant Governor a
statement of dissociation stating the name of the company and that the member is dissociated from the
company.
(b) For the purposes of sections 1301 and 1703 of this chapter, a person not a member is deemed to have
notice of the dissociation 90 days after the statement of dissociation is filed.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1801Events Causing Dissolution and Winding Up of Company's
Business
A limited liability company is dissolved, and its business must be wound up, upon the occurrence of any of
the following events:
(1) an event specified in the operating agreement;
(2) consent of the number or percentage of members specified in the operating agreement;
(3) an event that makes it unlawful for all or substantially all of the business of the company to be
continued, but any cure of illegality within 90 days after notice to the company of the event is effective
retroactively to the date of the event for purposes of this section;
(4) on application by a member or a dissociated member, upon entry of a judicial decree that:
(i) the economic purpose of the company is likely to be unreasonably frustrated;
(ii) another member has engaged in conduct relating to the company's business that makes it not
reasonably practicable to carry on the company's business with that member;
(iii) it is not otherwise reasonably practicable to carry on the company's business in conformity with
the articles of organization and the operating agreement;
(iv) the company failed to purchase the petitioner's distributional interest as required by section 1701
of this chapter; or
(v) the managers or members in control of the company have acted, are acting, or will act in a manner
that is illegal, oppressive, fraudulent, or unfairly prejudicial to the petitioner; or
(5) on application by a transferee of a member's interest, a judicial determination that it is equitable to
wind up the company's business:
(i) after the expiration of the specified term, if the company was for a specified term at the time the
applicant became a transferee by member dissociation, transfer, or entry of a charging order that
gave rise to the transfer; or
(ii) at any time, if the company was at will at the time the applicant became a transferee by member
dissociation, transfer, or entry of a charging order that gave rise to the transfer.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1802Limited Liability Company Continues After Dissolution
(a) Subject to subsection (b) of this section, a limited liability company continues after dissolution only for
the purpose of winding up its business.
(b) At any time after the dissolution of a limited liability company and before the winding up of its business
is completed, the members, including a dissociated member whose dissociation caused the dissolution, may
unanimously waive the right to have the company's business wound up and the company terminated. In
that case:
(1) the limited liability company resumes carrying on its business as if dissolution had never occurred
and any liability incurred by the company or a member after the dissolution and before the waiver is
determined as if the dissolution had never occurred; and
(2) the rights of a third party accruing under section 1804, subsection (a) of this chapter or arising out
of conduct in reliance on the dissolution before the third party knew or received a notification of the
waiver are not adversely affected.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1803Right to Wind Up Limited Liability Company's Business
(a) After dissolution, a member who has not wrongfully dissociated may participate in winding up a limited
liability company's business, but on application of any member, member's legal representative, or
transferee, the Superior Court, for good cause shown, may order judicial supervision of the winding up.
(b) A legal representative of the last surviving member may wind up a limited liability company's business.
(c) A person winding up a limited liability company's business may preserve the company's business or
property as a going concern for a reasonable time, prosecute and defend actions and proceedings, whether
civil, criminal, or administrative, settle and close the company's business, dispose of and transfer the
company's property, discharge the company's liabilities, distribute the assets of the company pursuant to
section 1806 of this chapter, settle disputes by mediation or arbitration, and perform other necessary acts.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1804Member's Or Manager's Power and Liability As Agent After
Dissolution
(a) A limited liability company is bound by a member's or manager's act after dissolution that:
(1) is appropriate for winding up the company's business; or
(2) would have bound the company under section 1301 of this chapter before dissolution, if the other
party to the transaction did not have notice of the dissolution.
(b) A member or manager who, with knowledge of the dissolution, subjects a limited liability company to
liability by an act that is not appropriate for winding up the company's business is liable to the company for
any damage caused to the company arising from the liability.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1805Articles of Termination
(a) At any time after dissolution and winding up, a limited liability company may terminate its existence by
filing with the office of the Lieutenant Governor articles of termination stating:
(1) the name of the company;
(2) the date of the dissolution; and
(3) that the company's business has been wound up and the legal existence of the company has been
terminated.
(b) The existence of a limited liability company is terminated upon the filing of the articles of termination,
or upon a later effective date, if specified in the articles of termination.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1806Distribution of Assets In Winding Up Limited Liability Company's
Business
(a) In winding up a limited liability company's business, the assets of the company must be applied to
discharge its obligations to creditors, including members who are creditors. Any surplus must be applied to
pay in money the net amount distributable to members in accordance with their right to distributions under
subsection (b) of this section.
(b) Each member is entitled to a distribution upon the winding up of the limited liability company's
business consisting of a return of all contributions which have not previously been returned and a
distribution of any remainder in equal shares.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1807Known Claims Against Dissolved Limited Liability Company
(a) A dissolved limited liability company may dispose of the known claims against it by following the
procedure described in this section.
(b) A dissolved limited liability company shall notify its known claimants in writing of the dissolution. The
notice must:
(1) specify the information required to be included in a claim;
(2) provide a mailing address where the claim is to be sent;
(3) state the deadline for receipt of the claim, which may not be less than 120 days after the date the
written notice is received by the claimant; and
(4) state that the claim will be barred if not received by the deadline.
(c) A claim against a dissolved limited liability company is barred if the requirements of subsection (b) of
this section are met, and:
(1) the claim is not received by the specified deadline; or
(2) in the case of a claim that is timely received but rejected by the dissolved company, the claimant
does not commence a proceeding to enforce the claim within 90 days after the receipt of the notice of
the rejection.
(d) For purposes of this section, "claim" does not include a contingent liability or a claim based on an event
occurring after the effective date of dissolution.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1808Other Claims Against Dissolved Limited Liability Company
(a) A dissolved limited liability company may publish notice of its dissolution and request persons having
claims against the company to present them in accordance with the notice.
(b) The notice must:
(1) be published at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the judicial district in which the
dissolved limited liability company's principal office is located or, if none in the Virgin Islands, in
which its designated office is or was last located;
(2) describe the information required to be contained in a claim and provide a mailing address where
the claim is to be sent; and
(3) state that a claim against the limited liability company is barred unless a proceeding to enforce the
claim is commenced within five years after publication of the notice.
(c) If a dissolved limited liability company publishes a notice in accordance with subsection (b) of this
section, the claim of each of the following claimants is barred unless the claimant commences a proceeding
to enforce the claim against the dissolved company within five years after the publication date of the
notice:
(1) a claimant who did not receive written notice under section 1807 of this chapter;
(2) a claimant whose claim was timely sent to the dissolved company but not acted on; and
(3) a claimant whose claim is contingent or based on an event occurring after the effective date of
dissolution.
(d) A claim not barred under this section may be enforced:
(1) against the dissolved limited liability company, to the extent of its undistributed assets; or
(2) if the assets have been distributed in liquidation, against a member of the dissolved company to the
extent of the member's proportionate share of the claim or the company's assets distributed to the
member in liquidation, whichever is less, but a member's total liability for all claims under this section
may not exceed the total amount of assets distributed to the member.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1809Grounds For Administrative Dissolution
The Lieutenant Governor may commence a proceeding to dissolve a limited liability company
administratively if the company does not:
(1) pay any fees, taxes, or penalties imposed by this chapter or other law within 60 days after they are due;
or
(2) deliver its annual report to the office of the Lieutenant Governor within 60 days after it is due.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1810Procedure For and Effect of Administrative Dissolution
(a) If the Lieutenant Governor determines that a ground exists for administratively dissolving a limited
liability company, the Lieutenant Governor shall enter a record of the determination and serve the
company with a copy of the record.
(b) If the company does not correct each ground for dissolution or demonstrate to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Lieutenant Governor that each ground determined by the Lieutenant Governor does not
exist within 60 days after service of the notice, the Lieutenant Governor shall administratively dissolve the
company by signing a certification of the dissolution that recites the ground for dissolution and its effective
date. The Lieutenant Governor shall file the original of the certificate and serve the company with a copy of
the certificate.
(c) A company administratively dissolved continues its existence, but may carry on only business necessary
to wind up and liquidate its business and affairs under section 1802 of this chapter and to notify claimants
under sections 1807 and 1808 of this chapter.
(d) The administrative dissolution of a company does not terminate the authority of its agent for service of
process.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1811Reinstatement Following Administrative Dissolution
(a) A limited liability company administratively dissolved may apply to the office of the Lieutenant Governor
for reinstatement within two years after the effective date of dissolution. The application must:
(1) recite the name of the company and the effective date of its administrative dissolution;
(2) state that the ground for dissolution either did not exist or have been eliminated;
(3) state that the company's name satisfies the requirements of section 1106 of this chapter; and
(4) contain a certificate from the Virgin Islands Bureau of Internal Revenue reciting that all taxes
owed by the company have been paid.
(b) If the Lieutenant Governor determines that the application contains the information required by
subsection (a) of this section and that the information is correct, the Lieutenant Governor shall cancel the
certificate of dissolution and prepare a certificate of reinstatement that recites this determination and the
effective date of reinstatement, file the original of the certificate, and serve the company with a copy of the
certificate.
(c) When reinstatement is effective, it relates back to and takes effect as of the effective date of the
administrative dissolution and the company may resume its business as if the administrative dissolution
had never occurred.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1812Appeal From Denial of Reinstatement
(a) If the Lieutenant Governor denies a limited liability company's application for reinstatement following
administrative dissolution, the Lieutenant Governor shall serve the company with a record that explains the
reason or reasons for denial.
(b) The company may appeal the denial of reinstatement to the Superior Court within 30 days after service
of the notice of denial is perfected. The company appeals by petitioning the court to set aside the
dissolution and attaching to the petition copies of the Lieutenant Governor's certificate of dissolution, the
company's application for reinstatement, and the Lieutenant Governor's notice of denial.
(c) The court may summarily order the Lieutenant Governor to reinstate the dissolved company or may take
other action the court considers appropriate.
(d) The court's final decision may be appealed as in other civil proceedings.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1901Definitions
In this subchapter:
(1) "Corporation" means a corporation under Title 13, chapter 1, Virgin Islands Code, a predecessor law, or
comparable law of another jurisdiction.
(2) "General partner" means a partner in a partnership and a general partner in a limited partnership.
(3) "Limited partner" means a limited partner in a limited partnership.
(4) "Limited partnership" means a limited partnership created pursuant to Title 26, Virgin Islands Code, a
predecessor law, or comparable law of another jurisdiction.
(5) "Partner" includes a general partner and a limited partner.
(6) "Partnership" means a general partnership under Title 26, Virgin Islands Code, a predecessor law, or
comparable law of another jurisdiction.
(7) "Partnership agreement" means an agreement among the partners concerning the partnership or
limited partnership.
(8) "Shareholder" means a shareholder in a corporation.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1902Conversion of Partnership Or Limited Partnership to Limited
Liability Company
(a) A partnership or limited partnership may be converted to a limited liability company pursuant to this
section.
(b) The terms and conditions of a conversion of a partnership or limited partnership to a limited liability
company must be approved by all of the partners or by a number or percentage of the partners required for
conversion in the partnership agreement.
(c) An agreement of conversion must set forth the terms and conditions of the conversion of the interests of
partners of a partnership or of a limited partnership, as the case may be, into interests in the converted
limited liability company or the cash or other consideration to be paid or delivered as a result of the
conversion of the interests of the partners, or a combination thereof.
(d) After a conversion is approved under subsection (b) of this section, the partnership or limited
partnership shall file articles of organization in the office of the Lieutenant Governor which satisfy the
requirements of section 1203 of this chapter and contain:
(1) a statement that the partnership or limited partnership was converted to a limited liability
company from a partnership or limited partnership, as the case may be;
(2) its former name;
(3) a statement of the number of votes cast by the partners entitled to vote for and against the
conversion and, if the vote is less than unanimous, the number or percentage required to approve the
conversion under subsection (b) of this section; and
(4) in the case of a limited partnership, a statement that the certificate of limited partnership is to be
canceled as of the date the conversion took effect.
(e) In the case of a limited partnership, the filing of articles of organization under subsection (d) of this
section cancels its certificate of limited partnership as of the date the conversion took effect.
(f) A conversion takes effect when the articles of organization are filed in the office of the Lieutenant
Governor or at any later date specified in the articles of organization.
(g) A general partner who becomes a member of a limited liability company as a result of a conversion
remains liable as a partner for an obligation incurred by the partnership or limited partnership before the
conversion takes effect.
(h) A general partner's liability for all obligations of the limited liability company incurred after the
conversion takes effect is that of a member of the company. A limited partner who becomes a member as a
result of a conversion remains liable only to the extent the limited partner was liable for an obligation
incurred by the limited partnership before the conversion takes effect.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1903Effect of Conversion; Entity Unchanged
(a) A partnership or limited partnership that has been converted pursuant to this subchapter is for all
purposes the same entity that existed before the conversion.
(b) When a conversion takes effect:
(1) all property owned by the converting partnership or limited partnership vests in the limited
liability company;
(2) all debts, liabilities, and other obligations of the converting partnership or limited partnership
continue as obligations of the limited liability company;
(3) an action or proceeding pending by or against the converting partnership or limited partnership
may be continued as if the conversion had not occurred;
(4) except as prohibited by other law, all of the rights, privileges, immunities, powers, and purposes of
the converting partnership or limited partnership vest in the limited liability company; and
(5) except as otherwise provided in the agreement of conversion under section 1902, subsection (c) of
this chapter, all of the partners of the converting partnership continue as members of the limited
liability company.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1904Merger of Entities
(a) Pursuant to a plan of merger approved under subsection (c) of this section, a limited liability company
may be merged with or into one or more limited liability companies, foreign limited liability companies,
corporations, foreign corporations, partnerships, foreign partnerships, limited partnerships, foreign limited
partnerships, or other domestic or foreign entities.
(b) A plan of merger must set forth:
(1) the name of each entity that is a party to the merger;
(2) the name of the surviving entity into which the other entities will merge;
(3) the type of organization of the surviving entity;
(4) the terms and conditions of the merger;
(5) the manner and basis for converting the interests of each party to the merger into interests or
obligations of the surviving entity, or into money or other property in whole or in part; and
(6) the physical address of the surviving entity's principal place of business.
(c) A plan of merger must be approved:
(1) in the case of a limited liability company that is a party to the merger, by all of the members or by
a number or percentage of members specified in the operating agreement;
(2) in the case of a foreign limited liability company that is a party to the merger, by the vote required
for approval of a merger by the law of the state or foreign jurisdiction in which the foreign limited
liability company is organized;
(3) in the case of a partnership or domestic limited partnership that is a party to the merger, by the
vote required for approval of a conversion under section 1902, subsection (b) of this chapter; and
(4) in the case of any other entities that are parties to the merger, by the vote required for approval of
a merger by the law of the Virgin Islands or of the state or foreign jurisdiction in which the entity is
organized and, in the absence of such a requirement, by all the owners of interests in the entity.
(d) After a plan of merger is approved and before the merger takes effect, the plan may be amended or
abandoned as provided in the plan.
(e) The merger is effective upon the filing of the articles of merger with the office of the Lieutenant
Governor, or at such later date as the articles may provide.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1905Articles of Merger
(a) After approval of the plan of merger under section 1904, subsection (c) of this chapter, unless the
merger is abandoned under section 1904, subsection (d) of this chapter, articles of merger must be signed
on behalf of each limited liability company and other entity that is a party to the merger and delivered to
the office of the Lieutenant Governor for filing. The articles must set forth:
(1) the name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of each of the limited liability companies
and other entities that are parties to the merger;
(2) for each limited liability company that is to merge, the date its articles of organization were filed
with the Lieutenant Governor;
(3) that a plan of merger has been approved and signed by each limited liability company and other
entity that is to merge;
(4) the name and address of the surviving limited liability company or other surviving entity;
(5) the effective date of the merger;
(6) if a limited liability company is the surviving entity, such changes in its articles of organization as
are necessary by reason of the merger;
(7) if a party to a merger is a foreign limited liability company, the jurisdiction and date of filing of its
initial articles of organization and the date when its application for authority was filed with the office
of the Lieutenant Governor or, if an application has not been filed, a statement to that effect; and
(8) if the surviving entity is not a limited liability company, an agreement that the surviving entity may
be served with process within the Virgin Islands and is subject to liability in any action or proceeding
for the enforcement of any liability or obligation of any limited liability company previously subject to
suit within the Virgin Islands which is to merge, and for the enforcement, as provided in this chapter,
of the right of members of any limited liability company to receive payment for their interest against
the surviving entity.
(b) If a foreign limited liability company is the surviving entity of a merger, it may not do business within
the Virgin Islands until an application for that authority is filed with the office of the Lieutenant Governor.
(c) The surviving limited liability company or other entity shall furnish a copy of the plan of merger, on
request and without cost, to any member of any limited liability company or any person holding an interest
in any other entity that is to merge.
(d) Articles of merger operate as an amendment to the limited liability company's articles of organization.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1906Effect of Merger
(a) When a merger takes effect:
(1) the separate existence of each limited liability company and other entity that is a party to the
merger, other than the surviving entity, terminates;
(2) all property owned by each of the limited liability companies and other entities that are party to
the merger vests in the surviving entity;
(3) all debts, liabilities, and other obligations of each limited liability company and other entity that is
party to the merger become the obligations of the surviving entity;
(4) an action or proceeding pending by or against a limited liability company or other party to a
merger may be continued as if the merger had not occurred or the surviving entity may be substituted
as a party to the action or proceeding; and
(5) except as prohibited by other law, all the rights, privileges, immunities, powers, and purposes of
every limited liability company and other entity that is a party to a merger vest in the surviving entity.
(b) The Lieutenant Governor shall be an agent for service of process in an action or proceeding against the
surviving foreign entity to enforce an obligation of any party to a merger if the surviving foreign entity fails
to appoint or maintain an agent designated for service of process within the Virgin Islands or the agent for
service of process cannot with reasonable diligence be found at the designated office. Upon receipt of
process, the Lieutenant Governor shall send a copy of the process by registered or certified mail, return
receipt requested, to the surviving entity at the address set forth in the articles of merger. Service is
effected under this subsection at the earliest of:
(1) the date the company receives the process, notice, or demand;
(2) the date shown on the return receipt, if signed on behalf of the company; or
(3) five days after its deposit in the mail, if mailed postpaid and correctly addressed.
(c) A member of the surviving limited liability company is liable for all obligations of a party to the merger
for which the member was personally liable before the merger.
(d) Unless otherwise agreed, a merger of a limited liability company that is not the surviving entity in the
merger does not require the limited liability company to wind up its business under this chapter or pay its
liabilities and distribute its assets pursuant to this chapter.
(e) Articles of merger serve as articles of dissolution for a limited liability company that is not the surviving
entity in the merger.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 1907Subchapter Not Exclusive
This subchapter does not preclude an entity from being converted or merged under other law.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 2001Law Governing Foreign Limited Liability Companies
(a) The laws of the state or other jurisdiction under which a foreign limited liability company is organized
govern its organization and internal affairs and the liability of its managers, members, and their
transferees.
(b) A foreign limited liability company may not be denied a certificate of authority by reason of any
difference between the laws of another jurisdiction under which the foreign company is organized and the
laws of the Virgin Islands.
(c) A certificate of authority does not authorize a foreign limited liability company to engage in any
business or exercise any power that a limited liability company may not engage in or exercise in the Virgin
Islands.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 2002Application For Certificate of Authority
(a) A foreign limited liability company may apply for a certificate of authority to transact business in the
Virgin Islands by delivering an application to the office of the Lieutenant Governor for filing. The
application must set forth:
(1) the name of the foreign company or, if its name is unavailable for use in the Virgin Islands, a name
that satisfies the requirements of section 2005 of this chapter;
(2) the name of the state or country under whose law it is organized;
(3) the physical address of its principal office;
(4) the address of its initial designated office in the Virgin Islands;
(5) the name and physical address of its initial agent for service of process within the Virgin Islands;
(6) the minimum amount of capital with which the company will conduct business in the Virgin
Islands, which shall not be less than $1,000;
(7) whether the duration of the company is for a specified term and, if so, the period specified;
(8) whether the company is manager-managed, and, if so, the name and address of each initial
manager; and
(9) whether the members of the company are to be liable for its debts and obligations under a
provision similar to section 1303, subsection (c) of this chapter.
(b) A foreign limited liability company shall deliver with the completed application a certificate of existence
or a record of similar import authenticated by the secretary of state or other official having custody of
company records in the state or country under whose law it is organized.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 2003Activities Not Constituting Doing Business
(a) Activities of a foreign limited liability company that do not constitute transacting business in the Virgin
Islands within the meaning of this subchapter include:
(1) maintaining, defending, or settling an action or proceeding;
(2) holding meetings of its members or managers or carrying on any other activity concerning its
internal affairs;
(3) maintaining bank accounts;
(4) maintaining offices or agencies for the transfer, exchange, and registration of the foreign
company's own securities or maintaining trustees or depositories with respect to those securities;
(5) selling through independent contractors;
(6) soliciting or obtaining orders, whether by mail or through employees or agents or otherwise, if the
orders require acceptance outside the Virgin Islands before they become contracts;
(7) creating or acquiring indebtedness, mortgages, or security interests in real or personal property;
(8) securing or collecting debts or enforcing mortgages or other security interests in property
securing the debts, and holding, protecting, and maintaining property so acquired;
(9) conducting an isolated transaction that is completed within 30 days and is not one in the course of
similar transactions of a like manner; and
(10) transacting business in interstate commerce.
(b) For purposes of this subchapter, the ownership in the Virgin Islands of income-producing real property
or tangible personal property, other than property excluded under subsection (a) of this section, constitutes
transacting business in the Virgin Islands.
(c) This section does not apply in determining the contacts or activities that may subject a foreign limited
liability company to personal jurisdiction, including the jurisdiction of the courts in the Virgin Islands under
section 4903 of Title 5, Virgin Islands Code, service of process, taxation, or regulation under any other law
of the Virgin Islands.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 2004Issuance of Certificate of Authority
Unless the Lieutenant Governor determines that an application for a certificate of authority fails to comply
as to form with the filing requirements of this chapter, the office of the Lieutenant Governor, upon payment
of all filing fees, shall file the application and send a receipt for it and the fees to the limited liability
company or its representative.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 2005Name of Foreign Limited Liability Company
(a) If the name of a foreign limited liability company does not satisfy the requirements of section 1106 of
this chapter, the company, to obtain or maintain a certificate of authority to transact business in the Virgin
Islands, must use a fictitious name to transact business in the Virgin Islands if its real name is unavailable
and it delivers to the office of the Lieutenant Governor for filing a copy of the resolution of its managers, in
the case of a manager-managed company, or of its members, in the case of a member-managed company,
adopting the fictitious name.
(b) Except as authorized by subsections (c) and (d) of this section, the name, including a fictitious name to
be used to transact business in the Virgin Islands, of a foreign limited liability company must be
distinguishable upon the records of the office of the Lieutenant Governor from:
(1) the name of any corporation, limited partnership, or company incorporated, organized, or
authorized to transact business in the Virgin Islands;
(2) a name reserved or registered under sections 1107 or 1108 of this chapter; and
(3) the fictitious name of another foreign limited liability company authorized to transact business in
the Virgin Islands.
(c) A foreign limited liability company may apply to the office of the Lieutenant Governor for authority to
use in the Virgin Islands a name that is not distinguishable upon the records of the office of the Lieutenant
Governor from a name described in subsection (b) of this section. The Lieutenant Governor shall authorize
use of the name applied for if:
(1) the present user, registrant, or owner of a reserved name consents to the use in a record and
submits an undertaking in form satisfactory to the Lieutenant Governor to change its name to a name
that is distinguishable upon the records of the office of the Lieutenant Governor from the name of the
foreign applying limited liability company; or
(2) the applicant delivers to the office of the Lieutenant Governor a certified copy of a final judgment
of a court establishing the applicant's right to use the name applied for in the Virgin Islands.
(d) A foreign limited liability company may use in the Virgin Islands the name, including the fictitious name,
of another domestic or foreign entity that is used in the Virgin Islands if the other entity is incorporated,
organized, or authorized to transact business in the Virgin Islands and the foreign limited liability company:
(1) has merged with the other entity;
(2) has been formed by reorganization of the other entity; or
(3) has acquired all or substantially all of the assets, including the name, of the other entity.
(e) If a foreign limited liability company authorized to transact business in the Virgin Islands changes its
name to one that does not satisfy the requirements of section 1106 of this chapter, it may not transact
business in the Virgin Islands under the name as changed until it adopts a name satisfying the
requirements of section 1106 of this chapter and obtains an amended certificate of authority.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 2006Revocation of Certificate of Authority
(a) A certificate of authority of a foreign limited liability company to transact business in the Virgin Islands
may be revoked by the Lieutenant Governor in the manner provided in subsection (b) of this section if:
(1) the company fails to:
(i) pay any fees, taxes, and penalties owed to the Government of the Virgin Islands;
(ii) deliver its annual report required under section 1211 of this chapter to the office of the
Lieutenant Governor within 60 days after it is due;
(iii) appoint and maintain an agent for service of process as required by this subchapter; or
(iv) file a statement of a change in the name or business address of the agent as required by this
subchapter; or
(2) a misrepresentation has been made of any material matter in any application, report, affidavit, or
other record submitted by the company pursuant to this subchapter.
(b) The Lieutenant Governor may not revoke a certificate of authority of a foreign limited liability company
unless the Lieutenant Governor sends the company notice of the revocation, at least 60 days before its
effective date, by a record addressed to its agent for service of process in the Virgin Islands, or if the
company fails to appoint and maintain a proper agent in the Virgin Islands, addressed to the office required
to be maintained by section 1109 of this chapter. The notice must specify the cause for the revocation of
the certificate of authority. The authority of the company to transact business in the Virgin Islands ceases
on the effective date of the revocation unless the foreign limited liability company cures the failure before
that date.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 2007Cancellation of Authority
A foreign limited liability company may cancel its authority to transact business in the Virgin Islands by
filing in the office of the Lieutenant Governor a certificate of cancellation. Cancellation does not terminate
the authority of the Lieutenant Governor to accept service of process on the company for claims for relief
arising out of the transactions of business in the Virgin Islands.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 2008Effect of Failure to Obtain Certificate of Authority
(a) A foreign limited liability company transacting business in the Virgin Islands may not maintain an action
or proceeding in the Virgin Islands unless it has a certificate of authority to transact business in the Virgin
Islands.
(b) The failure of a foreign limited liability company to have a certificate of authority to transact business in
the Virgin Islands does not impair the validity of a contract or act of the company or prevent the foreign
limited liability company from defending an action or proceeding in the Virgin Islands.
(c) Limitations on personal liability of managers, members, and their transferees are not waived solely by
transacting business in the Virgin Islands without a certificate of authority.
(d) If a foreign limited liability company transacts business in the Virgin Islands without a certificate of
authority, it appoints the Lieutenant Governor as its agent for service of process for claims for relief arising
out of the transaction of business in the Virgin Islands.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 2009Action By Attorney General
The Attorney General may maintain an action to restrain a foreign limited liability company from
transacting business in the Virgin Islands in violation of this subchapter.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 2101Right of Action
A member of a limited liability company may maintain an action in the right of the company if the members
or managers having authority to do so have refused to commence the action or an effort to cause those
members or managers to commence the action is not likely to succeed.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 2102Proper Plaintiff
In a derivative action for a limited liability company, the plaintiff must be a member of the company when
the action is commenced, and:
(1) must have been a member at the time of the transaction of which the plaintiff complains; or
(2) the plaintiff's status as a member must have devolved upon the plaintiff by operation of law or pursuant
to the terms of the operating agreement from a person who was a member at the time of the transaction.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 2103Pleading
In a derivative action for a limited liability company, the complaint must set forth with particularity the
effort of the plaintiff to secure initiation of the action by a member or manager or the reasons for not
making the effort.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 2104Expenses
If a derivative action for a limited liability company is successful, in whole or in part, or if anything is
received by the plaintiff as a result of a judgment, compromise, or settlement of an action or claim, the
court may award the plaintiff reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorney's fees, and shall direct
the plaintiff to remit to the limited liability company the remainder of the proceeds received.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 2201Uniformity of Application and Construction
This chapter shall be applied and construed to effectuate its general purpose to make uniform the law with
respect to the subject of this chapter among jurisdictions enacting it.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 2202Governing Law; Conflict of Law
(a) The liability of members, managers, employees and agents of a limited liability company organized
under this chapter shall at all times be determined solely and exclusively by this chapter and the laws of
the United States Virgin Islands.
(b) If a conflict arises between the law of this Territory and the laws of any other jurisdiction with regard to
the liability of a member, manager employee or agent of a limited liability company organized and existing
under this chapter for the debts, obligations and liabilities of the limited liability company, or for the acts
or omissions of another member, manager or employee, or agent of the limited liability company, this
chapter and the laws of the United States Virgin Islands shall govern in determining such liability.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
13 V.I.C. § 2203Severability Clause
If any provision of this Chapter or its application to any person or circumstance is held invalid, the
invalidity does not affect other provisions or applications of this Chapter which can be given effect without
the invalid provision or application, and to this end the provisions of this Chapter are severable.
History: Added Feb. 12, 1998, No. 6204, § 1, Sess. L. 1998, p. 30, eff. May 1, 1998.
Text of the Virgin Islands Code, 2026 edition, from vLex, Virgin Islands Code 2026 Edition.
An edict of government. All titles ·
the Statute Room.